mirror of
https://github.com/MariaDB/server.git
synced 2025-01-16 20:12:31 +01:00
8420 lines
282 KiB
C++
8420 lines
282 KiB
C++
/* Copyright (c) 2005, 2014, Oracle and/or its affiliates.
|
|
Copyright (c) 2009, 2014, SkySQL Ab.
|
|
|
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
|
the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License.
|
|
|
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
|
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
|
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
This file is a container for general functionality related
|
|
to partitioning introduced in MySQL version 5.1. It contains functionality
|
|
used by all handlers that support partitioning, such as
|
|
the partitioning handler itself and the NDB handler.
|
|
(Much of the code in this file has been split into partition_info.cc and
|
|
the header files partition_info.h + partition_element.h + sql_partition.h)
|
|
|
|
The first version was written by Mikael Ronstrom 2004-2006.
|
|
Various parts of the optimizer code was written by Sergey Petrunia.
|
|
Code have been maintained by Mattias Jonsson.
|
|
The second version was written by Mikael Ronstrom 2006-2007 with some
|
|
final fixes for partition pruning in 2008-2009 with assistance from Sergey
|
|
Petrunia and Mattias Jonsson.
|
|
|
|
The first version supports RANGE partitioning, LIST partitioning, HASH
|
|
partitioning and composite partitioning (hereafter called subpartitioning)
|
|
where each RANGE/LIST partitioning is HASH partitioned. The hash function
|
|
can either be supplied by the user or by only a list of fields (also
|
|
called KEY partitioning), where the MySQL server will use an internal
|
|
hash function.
|
|
There are quite a few defaults that can be used as well.
|
|
|
|
The second version introduces a new variant of RANGE and LIST partitioning
|
|
which is often referred to as column lists in the code variables. This
|
|
enables a user to specify a set of columns and their concatenated value
|
|
as the partition value. By comparing the concatenation of these values
|
|
the proper partition can be choosen.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* Some general useful functions */
|
|
|
|
#define MYSQL_LEX 1
|
|
#include <my_global.h>
|
|
#include "sql_priv.h"
|
|
#include "sql_partition.h"
|
|
#include "key.h" // key_restore
|
|
#include "sql_parse.h" // parse_sql
|
|
#include "sql_cache.h" // query_cache_invalidate3
|
|
#include "lock.h" // mysql_lock_remove
|
|
#include "sql_show.h" // append_identifier
|
|
#include <m_ctype.h>
|
|
#include "transaction.h"
|
|
#include "debug_sync.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "sql_base.h" // close_all_tables_for_name
|
|
#include "sql_table.h" // build_table_filename,
|
|
// build_table_shadow_filename,
|
|
// table_to_filename
|
|
// mysql_*_alter_copy_data
|
|
#include "opt_range.h" // store_key_image_to_rec
|
|
#include "sql_alter.h" // Alter_table_ctx
|
|
#include "sql_select.h"
|
|
|
|
#include <algorithm>
|
|
using std::max;
|
|
using std::min;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE
|
|
#include "ha_partition.h"
|
|
|
|
#define ERROR_INJECT_CRASH(code) \
|
|
DBUG_EVALUATE_IF(code, (DBUG_SUICIDE(), 0), 0)
|
|
#define ERROR_INJECT_ERROR(code) \
|
|
DBUG_EVALUATE_IF(code, (my_error(ER_UNKNOWN_ERROR, MYF(0)), TRUE), 0)
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Partition related functions declarations and some static constants;
|
|
*/
|
|
const LEX_STRING partition_keywords[]=
|
|
{
|
|
{ C_STRING_WITH_LEN("HASH") },
|
|
{ C_STRING_WITH_LEN("RANGE") },
|
|
{ C_STRING_WITH_LEN("LIST") },
|
|
{ C_STRING_WITH_LEN("KEY") },
|
|
{ C_STRING_WITH_LEN("MAXVALUE") },
|
|
{ C_STRING_WITH_LEN("LINEAR ") },
|
|
{ C_STRING_WITH_LEN(" COLUMNS") },
|
|
{ C_STRING_WITH_LEN("ALGORITHM") }
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
static const char *part_str= "PARTITION";
|
|
static const char *sub_str= "SUB";
|
|
static const char *by_str= "BY";
|
|
static const char *space_str= " ";
|
|
static const char *equal_str= "=";
|
|
static const char *end_paren_str= ")";
|
|
static const char *begin_paren_str= "(";
|
|
static const char *comma_str= ",";
|
|
|
|
static int get_partition_id_list_col(partition_info *, uint32 *, longlong *);
|
|
static int get_partition_id_list(partition_info *, uint32 *, longlong *);
|
|
static int get_partition_id_range_col(partition_info *, uint32 *, longlong *);
|
|
static int get_partition_id_range(partition_info *, uint32 *, longlong *);
|
|
static int get_part_id_charset_func_part(partition_info *, uint32 *, longlong *);
|
|
static int get_part_id_charset_func_subpart(partition_info *, uint32 *);
|
|
static int get_partition_id_hash_nosub(partition_info *, uint32 *, longlong *);
|
|
static int get_partition_id_key_nosub(partition_info *, uint32 *, longlong *);
|
|
static int get_partition_id_linear_hash_nosub(partition_info *, uint32 *, longlong *);
|
|
static int get_partition_id_linear_key_nosub(partition_info *, uint32 *, longlong *);
|
|
static int get_partition_id_with_sub(partition_info *, uint32 *, longlong *);
|
|
static int get_partition_id_hash_sub(partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id);
|
|
static int get_partition_id_key_sub(partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id);
|
|
static int get_partition_id_linear_hash_sub(partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id);
|
|
static int get_partition_id_linear_key_sub(partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id);
|
|
static uint32 get_next_partition_via_walking(PARTITION_ITERATOR*);
|
|
static void set_up_range_analysis_info(partition_info *part_info);
|
|
static uint32 get_next_subpartition_via_walking(PARTITION_ITERATOR*);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
uint32 get_next_partition_id_range(PARTITION_ITERATOR* part_iter);
|
|
uint32 get_next_partition_id_list(PARTITION_ITERATOR* part_iter);
|
|
int get_part_iter_for_interval_via_mapping(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
bool is_subpart,
|
|
uint32 *store_length_array,
|
|
uchar *min_value, uchar *max_value,
|
|
uint min_len, uint max_len,
|
|
uint flags,
|
|
PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter);
|
|
int get_part_iter_for_interval_cols_via_map(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
bool is_subpart,
|
|
uint32 *store_length_array,
|
|
uchar *min_value, uchar *max_value,
|
|
uint min_len, uint max_len,
|
|
uint flags,
|
|
PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter);
|
|
int get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
bool is_subpart,
|
|
uint32 *store_length_array,
|
|
uchar *min_value, uchar *max_value,
|
|
uint min_len, uint max_len,
|
|
uint flags,
|
|
PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE
|
|
static int cmp_rec_and_tuple(part_column_list_val *val, uint32 nvals_in_rec);
|
|
static int cmp_rec_and_tuple_prune(part_column_list_val *val,
|
|
uint32 n_vals_in_rec,
|
|
bool is_left_endpoint,
|
|
bool include_endpoint);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Convert constants in VALUES definition to the character set the
|
|
corresponding field uses.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
convert_charset_partition_constant()
|
|
item Item to convert
|
|
cs Character set to convert to
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
NULL Error
|
|
item New converted item
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
Item* convert_charset_partition_constant(Item *item, CHARSET_INFO *cs)
|
|
{
|
|
THD *thd= current_thd;
|
|
Name_resolution_context *context= &thd->lex->current_select->context;
|
|
TABLE_LIST *save_list= context->table_list;
|
|
const char *save_where= thd->where;
|
|
|
|
item= item->safe_charset_converter(thd, cs);
|
|
context->table_list= NULL;
|
|
thd->where= "convert character set partition constant";
|
|
if (!item || item->fix_fields(thd, (Item**)NULL))
|
|
item= NULL;
|
|
thd->where= save_where;
|
|
context->table_list= save_list;
|
|
return item;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
A support function to check if a name is in a list of strings.
|
|
|
|
@param name String searched for
|
|
@param list_names A list of names searched in
|
|
|
|
@return True if if the name is in the list.
|
|
@retval true String found
|
|
@retval false String not found
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool is_name_in_list(const char *name, List<const char> list_names)
|
|
{
|
|
List_iterator<const char> names_it(list_names);
|
|
uint num_names= list_names.elements;
|
|
uint i= 0;
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
const char *list_name= names_it++;
|
|
if (!(my_strcasecmp(system_charset_info, name, list_name)))
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
} while (++i < num_names);
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Set-up defaults for partitions.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
partition_default_handling()
|
|
table Table object
|
|
part_info Partition info to set up
|
|
is_create_table_ind Is this part of a table creation
|
|
normalized_path Normalized path name of table and database
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Error
|
|
FALSE Success
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool partition_default_handling(THD *thd, TABLE *table, partition_info *part_info,
|
|
bool is_create_table_ind,
|
|
const char *normalized_path)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("partition_default_handling");
|
|
|
|
if (!is_create_table_ind)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->use_default_num_partitions)
|
|
{
|
|
if (table->file->get_no_parts(normalized_path, &part_info->num_parts))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned() &&
|
|
part_info->use_default_num_subpartitions)
|
|
{
|
|
uint num_parts;
|
|
if (table->file->get_no_parts(normalized_path, &num_parts))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->num_parts > 0);
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT((num_parts % part_info->num_parts) == 0);
|
|
part_info->num_subparts= num_parts / part_info->num_parts;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
part_info->set_up_defaults_for_partitioning(thd, table->file,
|
|
NULL, 0U);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
A useful routine used by update_row for partition handlers to calculate
|
|
the partition ids of the old and the new record.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_part_for_update()
|
|
old_data Buffer of old record
|
|
new_data Buffer of new record
|
|
rec0 Reference to table->record[0]
|
|
part_info Reference to partition information
|
|
out:old_part_id The returned partition id of old record
|
|
out:new_part_id The returned partition id of new record
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
0 Success
|
|
> 0 Error code
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int get_parts_for_update(const uchar *old_data, const uchar *new_data,
|
|
const uchar *rec0, partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint32 *old_part_id, uint32 *new_part_id,
|
|
longlong *new_func_value)
|
|
{
|
|
Field **part_field_array= part_info->full_part_field_array;
|
|
int error;
|
|
longlong old_func_value;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_parts_for_update");
|
|
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(new_data == rec0); // table->record[0]
|
|
part_info->table->move_fields(part_field_array, old_data, rec0);
|
|
error= part_info->get_partition_id(part_info, old_part_id,
|
|
&old_func_value);
|
|
part_info->table->move_fields(part_field_array, rec0, old_data);
|
|
if (unlikely(error)) // Should never happen
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(0);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(error);
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef NOT_NEEDED
|
|
if (new_data == rec0)
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
if (unlikely(error= part_info->get_partition_id(part_info,
|
|
new_part_id,
|
|
new_func_value)))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(error);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef NOT_NEEDED
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
This branch should never execute but it is written anyways for
|
|
future use. It will be tested by ensuring that the above
|
|
condition is false in one test situation before pushing the code.
|
|
*/
|
|
part_info->table->move_fields(part_field_array, new_data, rec0);
|
|
error= part_info->get_partition_id(part_info, new_part_id,
|
|
new_func_value);
|
|
part_info->table->move_fields(part_field_array, rec0, new_data);
|
|
if (unlikely(error))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(error);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
A useful routine used by delete_row for partition handlers to calculate
|
|
the partition id.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_part_for_delete()
|
|
buf Buffer of old record
|
|
rec0 Reference to table->record[0]
|
|
part_info Reference to partition information
|
|
out:part_id The returned partition id to delete from
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
0 Success
|
|
> 0 Error code
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Dependent on whether buf is not record[0] we need to prepare the
|
|
fields. Then we call the function pointer get_partition_id to
|
|
calculate the partition id.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int get_part_for_delete(const uchar *buf, const uchar *rec0,
|
|
partition_info *part_info, uint32 *part_id)
|
|
{
|
|
int error;
|
|
longlong func_value;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_part_for_delete");
|
|
|
|
if (likely(buf == rec0))
|
|
{
|
|
if (unlikely((error= part_info->get_partition_id(part_info, part_id,
|
|
&func_value))))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(error);
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Delete from partition %d", *part_id));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Field **part_field_array= part_info->full_part_field_array;
|
|
part_info->table->move_fields(part_field_array, buf, rec0);
|
|
error= part_info->get_partition_id(part_info, part_id, &func_value);
|
|
part_info->table->move_fields(part_field_array, rec0, buf);
|
|
if (unlikely(error))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(error);
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Delete from partition %d (path2)", *part_id));
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
This method is used to set-up both partition and subpartitioning
|
|
field array and used for all types of partitioning.
|
|
It is part of the logic around fix_partition_func.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
set_up_field_array()
|
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
|
sub_part Is the table subpartitioned as well
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
TRUE Error, some field didn't meet requirements
|
|
FALSE Ok, partition field array set-up
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
|
A great number of functions below here is part of the fix_partition_func
|
|
method. It is used to set up the partition structures for execution from
|
|
openfrm. It is called at the end of the openfrm when the table struct has
|
|
been set-up apart from the partition information.
|
|
It involves:
|
|
1) Setting arrays of fields for the partition functions.
|
|
2) Setting up binary search array for LIST partitioning
|
|
3) Setting up array for binary search for RANGE partitioning
|
|
4) Setting up key_map's to assist in quick evaluation whether one
|
|
can deduce anything from a given index of what partition to use
|
|
5) Checking whether a set of partitions can be derived from a range on
|
|
a field in the partition function.
|
|
As part of doing this there is also a great number of error controls.
|
|
This is actually the place where most of the things are checked for
|
|
partition information when creating a table.
|
|
Things that are checked includes
|
|
1) All fields of partition function in Primary keys and unique indexes
|
|
(if not supported)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Create an array of partition fields (NULL terminated). Before this method
|
|
is called fix_fields or find_table_in_sef has been called to set
|
|
GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG on all fields that are part of the partition
|
|
function.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool set_up_field_array(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
|
|
bool is_sub_part)
|
|
{
|
|
Field **ptr, *field, **field_array;
|
|
uint num_fields= 0;
|
|
uint size_field_array;
|
|
uint i= 0;
|
|
uint inx;
|
|
partition_info *part_info= table->part_info;
|
|
int result= FALSE;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("set_up_field_array");
|
|
|
|
ptr= table->field;
|
|
while ((field= *(ptr++)))
|
|
{
|
|
if (field->flags & GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG)
|
|
num_fields++;
|
|
}
|
|
if (num_fields > MAX_REF_PARTS)
|
|
{
|
|
char *err_str;
|
|
if (is_sub_part)
|
|
err_str= (char*)"subpartition function";
|
|
else
|
|
err_str= (char*)"partition function";
|
|
my_error(ER_TOO_MANY_PARTITION_FUNC_FIELDS_ERROR, MYF(0), err_str);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
if (num_fields == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
We are using hidden key as partitioning field
|
|
*/
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(!is_sub_part);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(result);
|
|
}
|
|
size_field_array= (num_fields+1)*sizeof(Field*);
|
|
field_array= (Field**) thd->calloc(size_field_array);
|
|
if (unlikely(!field_array))
|
|
{
|
|
mem_alloc_error(size_field_array);
|
|
result= TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
ptr= table->field;
|
|
while ((field= *(ptr++)))
|
|
{
|
|
if (field->flags & GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG)
|
|
{
|
|
field->flags&= ~GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG;
|
|
field->flags|= FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC_FLAG;
|
|
if (likely(!result))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!is_sub_part && part_info->column_list)
|
|
{
|
|
List_iterator<const char> it(part_info->part_field_list);
|
|
const char *field_name;
|
|
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(num_fields == part_info->part_field_list.elements);
|
|
inx= 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
field_name= it++;
|
|
if (!my_strcasecmp(system_charset_info,
|
|
field_name,
|
|
field->field_name.str))
|
|
break;
|
|
} while (++inx < num_fields);
|
|
if (inx == num_fields)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Should not occur since it should already been checked in either
|
|
add_column_list_values, handle_list_of_fields,
|
|
check_partition_info etc.
|
|
*/
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(0);
|
|
my_error(ER_FIELD_NOT_FOUND_PART_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
result= TRUE;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
inx= i;
|
|
field_array[inx]= field;
|
|
i++;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
We check that the fields are proper. It is required for each
|
|
field in a partition function to:
|
|
1) Not be a BLOB of any type
|
|
A BLOB takes too long time to evaluate so we don't want it for
|
|
performance reasons.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (unlikely(field->flags & BLOB_FLAG))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_BLOB_FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
result= TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
field_array[num_fields]= 0;
|
|
if (!is_sub_part)
|
|
{
|
|
part_info->part_field_array= field_array;
|
|
part_info->num_part_fields= num_fields;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
part_info->subpart_field_array= field_array;
|
|
part_info->num_subpart_fields= num_fields;
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Create a field array including all fields of both the partitioning and the
|
|
subpartitioning functions.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
create_full_part_field_array()
|
|
thd Thread handle
|
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
|
part_info Reference to partitioning data structure
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
TRUE Memory allocation of field array failed
|
|
FALSE Ok
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
If there is no subpartitioning then the same array is used as for the
|
|
partitioning. Otherwise a new array is built up using the flag
|
|
FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC in the field object.
|
|
This function is called from fix_partition_func
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool create_full_part_field_array(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
|
|
partition_info *part_info)
|
|
{
|
|
bool result= FALSE;
|
|
Field **ptr;
|
|
my_bitmap_map *bitmap_buf;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("create_full_part_field_array");
|
|
|
|
if (!part_info->is_sub_partitioned())
|
|
{
|
|
part_info->full_part_field_array= part_info->part_field_array;
|
|
part_info->num_full_part_fields= part_info->num_part_fields;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Field *field, **field_array;
|
|
uint num_part_fields=0, size_field_array;
|
|
ptr= table->field;
|
|
while ((field= *(ptr++)))
|
|
{
|
|
if (field->flags & FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC_FLAG)
|
|
num_part_fields++;
|
|
}
|
|
size_field_array= (num_part_fields+1)*sizeof(Field*);
|
|
field_array= (Field**) thd->calloc(size_field_array);
|
|
if (unlikely(!field_array))
|
|
{
|
|
mem_alloc_error(size_field_array);
|
|
result= TRUE;
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
num_part_fields= 0;
|
|
ptr= table->field;
|
|
while ((field= *(ptr++)))
|
|
{
|
|
if (field->flags & FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC_FLAG)
|
|
field_array[num_part_fields++]= field;
|
|
}
|
|
field_array[num_part_fields]=0;
|
|
part_info->full_part_field_array= field_array;
|
|
part_info->num_full_part_fields= num_part_fields;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Initialize the set of all fields used in partition and subpartition
|
|
expression. Required for testing of partition fields in write_set
|
|
when updating. We need to set all bits in read_set because the row
|
|
may need to be inserted in a different [sub]partition.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!(bitmap_buf= (my_bitmap_map*)
|
|
thd->alloc(bitmap_buffer_size(table->s->fields))))
|
|
{
|
|
mem_alloc_error(bitmap_buffer_size(table->s->fields));
|
|
result= TRUE;
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
if (my_bitmap_init(&part_info->full_part_field_set, bitmap_buf,
|
|
table->s->fields, FALSE))
|
|
{
|
|
mem_alloc_error(table->s->fields);
|
|
result= TRUE;
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
full_part_field_array may be NULL if storage engine supports native
|
|
partitioning.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((ptr= part_info->full_part_field_array))
|
|
for (; *ptr; ptr++)
|
|
bitmap_set_bit(&part_info->full_part_field_set, (*ptr)->field_index);
|
|
|
|
end:
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
Clear flag GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG in all fields of a key previously set by
|
|
set_indicator_in_key_fields (always used in pairs).
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
clear_indicator_in_key_fields()
|
|
key_info Reference to find the key fields
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
NONE
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
These support routines is used to set/reset an indicator of all fields
|
|
in a certain key. It is used in conjunction with another support routine
|
|
that traverse all fields in the PF to find if all or some fields in the
|
|
PF is part of the key. This is used to check primary keys and unique
|
|
keys involve all fields in PF (unless supported) and to derive the
|
|
key_map's used to quickly decide whether the index can be used to
|
|
derive which partitions are needed to scan.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void clear_indicator_in_key_fields(KEY *key_info)
|
|
{
|
|
KEY_PART_INFO *key_part;
|
|
uint key_parts= key_info->user_defined_key_parts, i;
|
|
for (i= 0, key_part=key_info->key_part; i < key_parts; i++, key_part++)
|
|
key_part->field->flags&= (~GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Set flag GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG in all fields of a key.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
set_indicator_in_key_fields
|
|
key_info Reference to find the key fields
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
NONE
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void set_indicator_in_key_fields(KEY *key_info)
|
|
{
|
|
KEY_PART_INFO *key_part;
|
|
uint key_parts= key_info->user_defined_key_parts, i;
|
|
for (i= 0, key_part=key_info->key_part; i < key_parts; i++, key_part++)
|
|
key_part->field->flags|= GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Check if all or some fields in partition field array is part of a key
|
|
previously used to tag key fields.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
check_fields_in_PF()
|
|
ptr Partition field array
|
|
out:all_fields Is all fields of partition field array used in key
|
|
out:some_fields Is some fields of partition field array used in key
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
all_fields, some_fields
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void check_fields_in_PF(Field **ptr, bool *all_fields,
|
|
bool *some_fields)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("check_fields_in_PF");
|
|
|
|
*all_fields= TRUE;
|
|
*some_fields= FALSE;
|
|
if ((!ptr) || !(*ptr))
|
|
{
|
|
*all_fields= FALSE;
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check if the field of the PF is part of the current key investigated */
|
|
if ((*ptr)->flags & GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG)
|
|
*some_fields= TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
*all_fields= FALSE;
|
|
} while (*(++ptr));
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Clear flag GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG in all fields of the table.
|
|
This routine is used for error handling purposes.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
clear_field_flag()
|
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
NONE
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void clear_field_flag(TABLE *table)
|
|
{
|
|
Field **ptr;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("clear_field_flag");
|
|
|
|
for (ptr= table->field; *ptr; ptr++)
|
|
(*ptr)->flags&= (~GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG);
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
find_field_in_table_sef finds the field given its name. All fields get
|
|
GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG set.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
handle_list_of_fields()
|
|
it A list of field names for the partition function
|
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
|
part_info Reference to partitioning data structure
|
|
sub_part Is the table subpartitioned as well
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
TRUE Fields in list of fields not part of table
|
|
FALSE All fields ok and array created
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
This routine sets-up the partition field array for KEY partitioning, it
|
|
also verifies that all fields in the list of fields is actually a part of
|
|
the table.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
static bool handle_list_of_fields(THD *thd, List_iterator<const char> it,
|
|
TABLE *table,
|
|
partition_info *part_info,
|
|
bool is_sub_part)
|
|
{
|
|
Field *field;
|
|
bool result;
|
|
const char *field_name;
|
|
bool is_list_empty= TRUE;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("handle_list_of_fields");
|
|
|
|
while ((field_name= it++))
|
|
{
|
|
is_list_empty= FALSE;
|
|
field= find_field_in_table_sef(table, field_name);
|
|
if (likely(field != 0))
|
|
field->flags|= GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_FIELD_NOT_FOUND_PART_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
clear_field_flag(table);
|
|
result= TRUE;
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (is_list_empty && part_info->part_type == HASH_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
uint primary_key= table->s->primary_key;
|
|
if (primary_key != MAX_KEY)
|
|
{
|
|
uint num_key_parts= table->key_info[primary_key].user_defined_key_parts, i;
|
|
/*
|
|
In the case of an empty list we use primary key as partition key.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (i= 0; i < num_key_parts; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
Field *field= table->key_info[primary_key].key_part[i].field;
|
|
field->flags|= GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (table->s->db_type()->partition_flags &&
|
|
(table->s->db_type()->partition_flags() & HA_USE_AUTO_PARTITION) &&
|
|
(table->s->db_type()->partition_flags() & HA_CAN_PARTITION))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
This engine can handle automatic partitioning and there is no
|
|
primary key. In this case we rely on that the engine handles
|
|
partitioning based on a hidden key. Thus we allocate no
|
|
array for partitioning fields.
|
|
*/
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_FIELD_NOT_FOUND_PART_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
result= set_up_field_array(thd, table, is_sub_part);
|
|
end:
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Support function to check if all VALUES * (expression) is of the
|
|
right sign (no signed constants when unsigned partition function)
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
check_signed_flag()
|
|
part_info Partition info object
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
0 No errors due to sign errors
|
|
>0 Sign error
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int check_signed_flag(partition_info *part_info)
|
|
{
|
|
int error= 0;
|
|
uint i= 0;
|
|
if (part_info->part_type != HASH_PARTITION &&
|
|
part_info->part_expr->unsigned_flag)
|
|
{
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> part_it(part_info->partitions);
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
partition_element *part_elem= part_it++;
|
|
|
|
if (part_elem->signed_flag)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_CONST_DOMAIN_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
error= ER_PARTITION_CONST_DOMAIN_ERROR;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
} while (++i < part_info->num_parts);
|
|
}
|
|
return error;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
init_lex_with_single_table and end_lex_with_single_table
|
|
are now in sql_lex.cc
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
The function uses a new feature in fix_fields where the flag
|
|
GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG is set for all fields in the item tree.
|
|
This field must always be reset before returning from the function
|
|
since it is used for other purposes as well.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
fix_fields_part_func()
|
|
thd The thread object
|
|
func_expr The item tree reference of the partition function
|
|
table The table object
|
|
part_info Reference to partitioning data structure
|
|
is_sub_part Is the table subpartitioned as well
|
|
is_create_table_ind Indicator of whether openfrm was called as part of
|
|
CREATE or ALTER TABLE
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
TRUE An error occurred, something was wrong with the
|
|
partition function.
|
|
FALSE Ok, a partition field array was created
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
This function is used to build an array of partition fields for the
|
|
partitioning function and subpartitioning function. The partitioning
|
|
function is an item tree that must reference at least one field in the
|
|
table. This is checked first in the parser that the function doesn't
|
|
contain non-cacheable parts (like a random function) and by checking
|
|
here that the function isn't a constant function.
|
|
|
|
Calculate the number of fields in the partition function.
|
|
Use it allocate memory for array of Field pointers.
|
|
Initialise array of field pointers. Use information set when
|
|
calling fix_fields and reset it immediately after.
|
|
The get_fields_in_item_tree activates setting of bit in flags
|
|
on the field object.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool fix_fields_part_func(THD *thd, Item* func_expr, TABLE *table,
|
|
bool is_sub_part, bool is_create_table_ind)
|
|
{
|
|
partition_info *part_info= table->part_info;
|
|
bool result= TRUE;
|
|
int error;
|
|
LEX *old_lex= thd->lex;
|
|
LEX lex;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("fix_fields_part_func");
|
|
|
|
if (init_lex_with_single_table(thd, table, &lex))
|
|
goto end;
|
|
table->get_fields_in_item_tree= true;
|
|
|
|
func_expr->walk(&Item::change_context_processor, 0, &lex.select_lex.context);
|
|
thd->where= "partition function";
|
|
/*
|
|
In execution we must avoid the use of thd->change_item_tree since
|
|
we might release memory before statement is completed. We do this
|
|
by temporarily setting the stmt_arena->mem_root to be the mem_root
|
|
of the table object, this also ensures that any memory allocated
|
|
during fix_fields will not be released at end of execution of this
|
|
statement. Thus the item tree will remain valid also in subsequent
|
|
executions of this table object. We do however not at the moment
|
|
support allocations during execution of val_int so any item class
|
|
that does this during val_int must be disallowed as partition
|
|
function.
|
|
SEE Bug #21658
|
|
|
|
This is a tricky call to prepare for since it can have a large number
|
|
of interesting side effects, both desirable and undesirable.
|
|
*/
|
|
{
|
|
const bool save_agg_field= thd->lex->current_select->non_agg_field_used();
|
|
const bool save_agg_func= thd->lex->current_select->agg_func_used();
|
|
const nesting_map saved_allow_sum_func= thd->lex->allow_sum_func;
|
|
thd->lex->allow_sum_func= 0;
|
|
|
|
if (!(error= func_expr->fix_fields(thd, (Item**)&func_expr)))
|
|
func_expr->walk(&Item::vcol_in_partition_func_processor, 0, NULL);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Restore agg_field/agg_func and allow_sum_func,
|
|
fix_fields should not affect mysql_select later, see Bug#46923.
|
|
*/
|
|
thd->lex->current_select->set_non_agg_field_used(save_agg_field);
|
|
thd->lex->current_select->set_agg_func_used(save_agg_func);
|
|
thd->lex->allow_sum_func= saved_allow_sum_func;
|
|
}
|
|
if (unlikely(error))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Field in partition function not part of table"));
|
|
clear_field_flag(table);
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
if (unlikely(func_expr->const_item()))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_WRONG_EXPR_IN_PARTITION_FUNC_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
clear_field_flag(table);
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
We don't allow creating partitions with expressions with non matching
|
|
arguments as a (sub)partitioning function,
|
|
but we want to allow such expressions when opening existing tables for
|
|
easier maintenance. This exception should be deprecated at some point
|
|
in future so that we always throw an error.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (func_expr->walk(&Item::check_valid_arguments_processor, 0, NULL))
|
|
{
|
|
if (is_create_table_ind)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_WRONG_EXPR_IN_PARTITION_FUNC_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
push_warning(thd, Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN,
|
|
ER_WRONG_EXPR_IN_PARTITION_FUNC_ERROR,
|
|
ER_THD(thd, ER_WRONG_EXPR_IN_PARTITION_FUNC_ERROR));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((!is_sub_part) && (error= check_signed_flag(part_info)))
|
|
goto end;
|
|
result= set_up_field_array(thd, table, is_sub_part);
|
|
end:
|
|
end_lex_with_single_table(thd, table, old_lex);
|
|
#if !defined(DBUG_OFF)
|
|
func_expr->walk(&Item::change_context_processor, 0, 0);
|
|
#endif
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Check that the primary key contains all partition fields if defined
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
check_primary_key()
|
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Not all fields in partitioning function was part
|
|
of primary key
|
|
FALSE Ok, all fields of partitioning function were part
|
|
of primary key
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
This function verifies that if there is a primary key that it contains
|
|
all the fields of the partition function.
|
|
This is a temporary limitation that will hopefully be removed after a
|
|
while.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool check_primary_key(TABLE *table)
|
|
{
|
|
uint primary_key= table->s->primary_key;
|
|
bool all_fields, some_fields;
|
|
bool result= FALSE;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("check_primary_key");
|
|
|
|
if (primary_key < MAX_KEY)
|
|
{
|
|
set_indicator_in_key_fields(table->key_info+primary_key);
|
|
check_fields_in_PF(table->part_info->full_part_field_array,
|
|
&all_fields, &some_fields);
|
|
clear_indicator_in_key_fields(table->key_info+primary_key);
|
|
if (unlikely(!all_fields))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_UNIQUE_KEY_NEED_ALL_FIELDS_IN_PF,MYF(0),"PRIMARY KEY");
|
|
result= TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Check that unique keys contains all partition fields
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
check_unique_keys()
|
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Not all fields in partitioning function was part
|
|
of all unique keys
|
|
FALSE Ok, all fields of partitioning function were part
|
|
of unique keys
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
This function verifies that if there is a unique index that it contains
|
|
all the fields of the partition function.
|
|
This is a temporary limitation that will hopefully be removed after a
|
|
while.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool check_unique_keys(TABLE *table)
|
|
{
|
|
bool all_fields, some_fields;
|
|
bool result= FALSE;
|
|
uint keys= table->s->keys;
|
|
uint i;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("check_unique_keys");
|
|
|
|
for (i= 0; i < keys; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (table->key_info[i].flags & HA_NOSAME) //Unique index
|
|
{
|
|
set_indicator_in_key_fields(table->key_info+i);
|
|
check_fields_in_PF(table->part_info->full_part_field_array,
|
|
&all_fields, &some_fields);
|
|
clear_indicator_in_key_fields(table->key_info+i);
|
|
if (unlikely(!all_fields))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_UNIQUE_KEY_NEED_ALL_FIELDS_IN_PF,MYF(0),"UNIQUE INDEX");
|
|
result= TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
An important optimisation is whether a range on a field can select a subset
|
|
of the partitions.
|
|
A prerequisite for this to happen is that the PF is a growing function OR
|
|
a shrinking function.
|
|
This can never happen for a multi-dimensional PF. Thus this can only happen
|
|
with PF with at most one field involved in the PF.
|
|
The idea is that if the function is a growing function and you know that
|
|
the field of the PF is 4 <= A <= 6 then we can convert this to a range
|
|
in the PF instead by setting the range to PF(4) <= PF(A) <= PF(6). In the
|
|
case of RANGE PARTITIONING and LIST PARTITIONING this can be used to
|
|
calculate a set of partitions rather than scanning all of them.
|
|
Thus the following prerequisites are there to check if sets of partitions
|
|
can be found.
|
|
1) Only possible for RANGE and LIST partitioning (not for subpartitioning)
|
|
2) Only possible if PF only contains 1 field
|
|
3) Possible if PF is a growing function of the field
|
|
4) Possible if PF is a shrinking function of the field
|
|
OBSERVATION:
|
|
1) IF f1(A) is a growing function AND f2(A) is a growing function THEN
|
|
f1(A) + f2(A) is a growing function
|
|
f1(A) * f2(A) is a growing function if f1(A) >= 0 and f2(A) >= 0
|
|
2) IF f1(A) is a growing function and f2(A) is a shrinking function THEN
|
|
f1(A) / f2(A) is a growing function if f1(A) >= 0 and f2(A) > 0
|
|
3) IF A is a growing function then a function f(A) that removes the
|
|
least significant portion of A is a growing function
|
|
E.g. DATE(datetime) is a growing function
|
|
MONTH(datetime) is not a growing/shrinking function
|
|
4) IF f1(A) is a growing function and f2(A) is a growing function THEN
|
|
f1(f2(A)) and f2(f1(A)) are also growing functions
|
|
5) IF f1(A) is a shrinking function and f2(A) is a growing function THEN
|
|
f1(f2(A)) is a shrinking function and f2(f1(A)) is a shrinking function
|
|
6) f1(A) = A is a growing function
|
|
7) f1(A) = A*a + b (where a and b are constants) is a growing function
|
|
|
|
By analysing the item tree of the PF we can use these deducements and
|
|
derive whether the PF is a growing function or a shrinking function or
|
|
neither of it.
|
|
|
|
If the PF is range capable then a flag is set on the table object
|
|
indicating this to notify that we can use also ranges on the field
|
|
of the PF to deduce a set of partitions if the fields of the PF were
|
|
not all fully bound.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
check_range_capable_PF()
|
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Support for this is not implemented yet.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void check_range_capable_PF(TABLE *table)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("check_range_capable_PF");
|
|
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Set up partition bitmaps
|
|
|
|
@param thd Thread object
|
|
@param part_info Reference to partitioning data structure
|
|
|
|
@return Operation status
|
|
@retval TRUE Memory allocation failure
|
|
@retval FALSE Success
|
|
|
|
Allocate memory for bitmaps of the partitioned table
|
|
and initialise it.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool set_up_partition_bitmaps(THD *thd, partition_info *part_info)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32 *bitmap_buf;
|
|
uint bitmap_bits= part_info->num_subparts?
|
|
(part_info->num_subparts* part_info->num_parts):
|
|
part_info->num_parts;
|
|
uint bitmap_bytes= bitmap_buffer_size(bitmap_bits);
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("set_up_partition_bitmaps");
|
|
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(!part_info->bitmaps_are_initialized);
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate for both read and lock_partitions */
|
|
if (!(bitmap_buf= (uint32*) alloc_root(&part_info->table->mem_root,
|
|
bitmap_bytes * 2)))
|
|
{
|
|
mem_alloc_error(bitmap_bytes * 2);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
my_bitmap_init(&part_info->read_partitions, bitmap_buf, bitmap_bits, FALSE);
|
|
/* Use the second half of the allocated buffer for lock_partitions */
|
|
my_bitmap_init(&part_info->lock_partitions, bitmap_buf + (bitmap_bytes / 4),
|
|
bitmap_bits, FALSE);
|
|
part_info->bitmaps_are_initialized= TRUE;
|
|
part_info->set_partition_bitmaps(NULL);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Set up partition key maps
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
set_up_partition_key_maps()
|
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
|
part_info Reference to partitioning data structure
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
This function sets up a couple of key maps to be able to quickly check
|
|
if an index ever can be used to deduce the partition fields or even
|
|
a part of the fields of the partition function.
|
|
We set up the following key_map's.
|
|
PF = Partition Function
|
|
1) All fields of the PF is set even by equal on the first fields in the
|
|
key
|
|
2) All fields of the PF is set if all fields of the key is set
|
|
3) At least one field in the PF is set if all fields is set
|
|
4) At least one field in the PF is part of the key
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void set_up_partition_key_maps(TABLE *table,
|
|
partition_info *part_info)
|
|
{
|
|
uint keys= table->s->keys;
|
|
uint i;
|
|
bool all_fields, some_fields;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("set_up_partition_key_maps");
|
|
|
|
part_info->all_fields_in_PF.clear_all();
|
|
part_info->all_fields_in_PPF.clear_all();
|
|
part_info->all_fields_in_SPF.clear_all();
|
|
part_info->some_fields_in_PF.clear_all();
|
|
for (i= 0; i < keys; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
set_indicator_in_key_fields(table->key_info+i);
|
|
check_fields_in_PF(part_info->full_part_field_array,
|
|
&all_fields, &some_fields);
|
|
if (all_fields)
|
|
part_info->all_fields_in_PF.set_bit(i);
|
|
if (some_fields)
|
|
part_info->some_fields_in_PF.set_bit(i);
|
|
if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned())
|
|
{
|
|
check_fields_in_PF(part_info->part_field_array,
|
|
&all_fields, &some_fields);
|
|
if (all_fields)
|
|
part_info->all_fields_in_PPF.set_bit(i);
|
|
check_fields_in_PF(part_info->subpart_field_array,
|
|
&all_fields, &some_fields);
|
|
if (all_fields)
|
|
part_info->all_fields_in_SPF.set_bit(i);
|
|
}
|
|
clear_indicator_in_key_fields(table->key_info+i);
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Set up function pointers for partition function
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
set_up_partition_func_pointers()
|
|
part_info Reference to partitioning data structure
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
NONE
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Set-up all function pointers for calculation of partition id,
|
|
subpartition id and the upper part in subpartitioning. This is to speed up
|
|
execution of get_partition_id which is executed once every record to be
|
|
written and deleted and twice for updates.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void set_up_partition_func_pointers(partition_info *part_info)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("set_up_partition_func_pointers");
|
|
|
|
if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned())
|
|
{
|
|
part_info->get_partition_id= get_partition_id_with_sub;
|
|
if (part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->column_list)
|
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id= get_partition_id_range_col;
|
|
else
|
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id= get_partition_id_range;
|
|
if (part_info->list_of_subpart_fields)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id= get_partition_id_linear_key_sub;
|
|
else
|
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id= get_partition_id_key_sub;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id= get_partition_id_linear_hash_sub;
|
|
else
|
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id= get_partition_id_hash_sub;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else /* LIST Partitioning */
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->column_list)
|
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id= get_partition_id_list_col;
|
|
else
|
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id= get_partition_id_list;
|
|
if (part_info->list_of_subpart_fields)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id= get_partition_id_linear_key_sub;
|
|
else
|
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id= get_partition_id_key_sub;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id= get_partition_id_linear_hash_sub;
|
|
else
|
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id= get_partition_id_hash_sub;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else /* No subpartitioning */
|
|
{
|
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id= NULL;
|
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id= NULL;
|
|
if (part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->column_list)
|
|
part_info->get_partition_id= get_partition_id_range_col;
|
|
else
|
|
part_info->get_partition_id= get_partition_id_range;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (part_info->part_type == LIST_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->column_list)
|
|
part_info->get_partition_id= get_partition_id_list_col;
|
|
else
|
|
part_info->get_partition_id= get_partition_id_list;
|
|
}
|
|
else /* HASH partitioning */
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->list_of_part_fields)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
|
part_info->get_partition_id= get_partition_id_linear_key_nosub;
|
|
else
|
|
part_info->get_partition_id= get_partition_id_key_nosub;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
|
part_info->get_partition_id= get_partition_id_linear_hash_nosub;
|
|
else
|
|
part_info->get_partition_id= get_partition_id_hash_nosub;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
We need special functions to handle character sets since they require copy
|
|
of field pointers and restore afterwards. For subpartitioned tables we do
|
|
the copy and restore individually on the part and subpart parts. For non-
|
|
subpartitioned tables we use the same functions as used for the parts part
|
|
of subpartioning.
|
|
Thus for subpartitioned tables the get_partition_id is always
|
|
get_partition_id_with_sub, even when character sets exists.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (part_info->part_charset_field_array)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned())
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->get_part_partition_id);
|
|
if (!part_info->column_list)
|
|
{
|
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id_charset=
|
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id;
|
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id= get_part_id_charset_func_part;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->get_partition_id);
|
|
if (!part_info->column_list)
|
|
{
|
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id_charset= part_info->get_partition_id;
|
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id= get_part_id_charset_func_part;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (part_info->subpart_charset_field_array)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->get_subpartition_id);
|
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id_charset=
|
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id;
|
|
part_info->get_subpartition_id= get_part_id_charset_func_subpart;
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
For linear hashing we need a mask which is on the form 2**n - 1 where
|
|
2**n >= num_parts. Thus if num_parts is 6 then mask is 2**3 - 1 = 8 - 1 = 7.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
set_linear_hash_mask()
|
|
part_info Reference to partitioning data structure
|
|
num_parts Number of parts in linear hash partitioning
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
NONE
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void set_linear_hash_mask(partition_info *part_info, uint num_parts)
|
|
{
|
|
uint mask;
|
|
|
|
for (mask= 1; mask < num_parts; mask<<=1)
|
|
;
|
|
part_info->linear_hash_mask= mask - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
This function calculates the partition id provided the result of the hash
|
|
function using linear hashing parameters, mask and number of partitions.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_part_id_from_linear_hash()
|
|
hash_value Hash value calculated by HASH function or KEY function
|
|
mask Mask calculated previously by set_linear_hash_mask
|
|
num_parts Number of partitions in HASH partitioned part
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
part_id The calculated partition identity (starting at 0)
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
The partition is calculated according to the theory of linear hashing.
|
|
See e.g. Linear hashing: a new tool for file and table addressing,
|
|
Reprinted from VLDB-80 in Readings Database Systems, 2nd ed, M. Stonebraker
|
|
(ed.), Morgan Kaufmann 1994.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static uint32 get_part_id_from_linear_hash(longlong hash_value, uint mask,
|
|
uint num_parts)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32 part_id= (uint32)(hash_value & mask);
|
|
|
|
if (part_id >= num_parts)
|
|
{
|
|
uint new_mask= ((mask + 1) >> 1) - 1;
|
|
part_id= (uint32)(hash_value & new_mask);
|
|
}
|
|
return part_id;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Check if a particular field is in need of character set
|
|
handling for partition functions.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
field_is_partition_charset()
|
|
field The field to check
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
FALSE Not in need of character set handling
|
|
TRUE In need of character set handling
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool field_is_partition_charset(Field *field)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!(field->type() == MYSQL_TYPE_STRING) &&
|
|
!(field->type() == MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR))
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
{
|
|
CHARSET_INFO *cs= field->charset();
|
|
if (!(field->type() == MYSQL_TYPE_STRING) ||
|
|
!(cs->state & MY_CS_BINSORT))
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Check that partition function doesn't contain any forbidden
|
|
character sets and collations.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
check_part_func_fields()
|
|
ptr Array of Field pointers
|
|
ok_with_charsets Will we report allowed charset
|
|
fields as ok
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
FALSE Success
|
|
TRUE Error
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
We will check in this routine that the fields of the partition functions
|
|
do not contain unallowed parts. It can also be used to check if there
|
|
are fields that require special care by calling my_strnxfrm before
|
|
calling the functions to calculate partition id.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool check_part_func_fields(Field **ptr, bool ok_with_charsets)
|
|
{
|
|
Field *field;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("check_part_func_fields");
|
|
|
|
while ((field= *(ptr++)))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
For CHAR/VARCHAR fields we need to take special precautions.
|
|
Binary collation with CHAR is automatically supported. Other
|
|
types need some kind of standardisation function handling
|
|
*/
|
|
if (field_is_partition_charset(field))
|
|
{
|
|
CHARSET_INFO *cs= field->charset();
|
|
if (!ok_with_charsets ||
|
|
cs->mbmaxlen > 1 ||
|
|
cs->strxfrm_multiply > 1)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
fix partition functions
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
fix_partition_func()
|
|
thd The thread object
|
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
|
is_create_table_ind Indicator of whether openfrm was called as part of
|
|
CREATE or ALTER TABLE
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
TRUE Error
|
|
FALSE Success
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
The name parameter contains the full table name and is used to get the
|
|
database name of the table which is used to set-up a correct
|
|
TABLE_LIST object for use in fix_fields.
|
|
|
|
NOTES
|
|
This function is called as part of opening the table by opening the .frm
|
|
file. It is a part of CREATE TABLE to do this so it is quite permissible
|
|
that errors due to erroneus syntax isn't found until we come here.
|
|
If the user has used a non-existing field in the table is one such example
|
|
of an error that is not discovered until here.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool fix_partition_func(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
|
|
bool is_create_table_ind)
|
|
{
|
|
bool result= TRUE;
|
|
partition_info *part_info= table->part_info;
|
|
enum_mark_columns save_mark_used_columns= thd->mark_used_columns;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("fix_partition_func");
|
|
|
|
if (part_info->fixed)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
thd->mark_used_columns= MARK_COLUMNS_NONE;
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("thd->mark_used_columns: %d", thd->mark_used_columns));
|
|
|
|
if (!is_create_table_ind ||
|
|
thd->lex->sql_command != SQLCOM_CREATE_TABLE)
|
|
{
|
|
if (partition_default_handling(thd, table, part_info,
|
|
is_create_table_ind,
|
|
table->s->normalized_path.str))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned())
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->subpart_type == HASH_PARTITION);
|
|
/*
|
|
Subpartition is defined. We need to verify that subpartitioning
|
|
function is correct.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
|
set_linear_hash_mask(part_info, part_info->num_subparts);
|
|
if (part_info->list_of_subpart_fields)
|
|
{
|
|
List_iterator<const char> it(part_info->subpart_field_list);
|
|
if (unlikely(handle_list_of_fields(thd, it, table, part_info, TRUE)))
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (unlikely(fix_fields_part_func(thd, part_info->subpart_expr,
|
|
table, TRUE, is_create_table_ind)))
|
|
goto end;
|
|
if (unlikely(part_info->subpart_expr->result_type() != INT_RESULT))
|
|
{
|
|
part_info->report_part_expr_error(TRUE);
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->part_type != NOT_A_PARTITION);
|
|
/*
|
|
Partition is defined. We need to verify that partitioning
|
|
function is correct.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (part_info->part_type == HASH_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
|
set_linear_hash_mask(part_info, part_info->num_parts);
|
|
if (part_info->list_of_part_fields)
|
|
{
|
|
List_iterator<const char> it(part_info->part_field_list);
|
|
if (unlikely(handle_list_of_fields(thd, it, table, part_info, FALSE)))
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (unlikely(fix_fields_part_func(thd, part_info->part_expr,
|
|
table, FALSE, is_create_table_ind)))
|
|
goto end;
|
|
if (unlikely(part_info->part_expr->result_type() != INT_RESULT))
|
|
{
|
|
part_info->report_part_expr_error(FALSE);
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
part_info->fixed= TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
const char *error_str;
|
|
if (part_info->column_list)
|
|
{
|
|
List_iterator<const char> it(part_info->part_field_list);
|
|
if (unlikely(handle_list_of_fields(thd, it, table, part_info, FALSE)))
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (unlikely(fix_fields_part_func(thd, part_info->part_expr,
|
|
table, FALSE, is_create_table_ind)))
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
part_info->fixed= TRUE;
|
|
if (part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
error_str= partition_keywords[PKW_RANGE].str;
|
|
if (unlikely(part_info->check_range_constants(thd)))
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (part_info->part_type == LIST_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
error_str= partition_keywords[PKW_LIST].str;
|
|
if (unlikely(part_info->check_list_constants(thd)))
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(0);
|
|
my_error(ER_INCONSISTENT_PARTITION_INFO_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
if (unlikely(part_info->num_parts < 1))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITIONS_MUST_BE_DEFINED_ERROR, MYF(0), error_str);
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
if (unlikely(!part_info->column_list &&
|
|
part_info->part_expr->result_type() != INT_RESULT))
|
|
{
|
|
part_info->report_part_expr_error(FALSE);
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (((part_info->part_type != HASH_PARTITION ||
|
|
part_info->list_of_part_fields == FALSE) &&
|
|
!part_info->column_list &&
|
|
check_part_func_fields(part_info->part_field_array, TRUE)) ||
|
|
(part_info->list_of_subpart_fields == FALSE &&
|
|
part_info->is_sub_partitioned() &&
|
|
check_part_func_fields(part_info->subpart_field_array, TRUE)))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Range/List/HASH (but not KEY) and not COLUMNS or HASH subpartitioning
|
|
with columns in the partitioning expression using unallowed charset.
|
|
*/
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_FUNCTION_IS_NOT_ALLOWED, MYF(0));
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
if (unlikely(create_full_part_field_array(thd, table, part_info)))
|
|
goto end;
|
|
if (unlikely(check_primary_key(table)))
|
|
goto end;
|
|
if (unlikely((!(table->s->db_type()->partition_flags &&
|
|
(table->s->db_type()->partition_flags() & HA_CAN_PARTITION_UNIQUE))) &&
|
|
check_unique_keys(table)))
|
|
goto end;
|
|
if (unlikely(set_up_partition_bitmaps(thd, part_info)))
|
|
goto end;
|
|
if (unlikely(part_info->set_up_charset_field_preps(thd)))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_FUNCTION_IS_NOT_ALLOWED, MYF(0));
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
if (unlikely(part_info->check_partition_field_length()))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_FIELDS_TOO_LONG, MYF(0));
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
check_range_capable_PF(table);
|
|
set_up_partition_key_maps(table, part_info);
|
|
set_up_partition_func_pointers(part_info);
|
|
set_up_range_analysis_info(part_info);
|
|
table->file->set_part_info(part_info);
|
|
result= FALSE;
|
|
end:
|
|
thd->mark_used_columns= save_mark_used_columns;
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("thd->mark_used_columns: %d", thd->mark_used_columns));
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
The code below is support routines for the reverse parsing of the
|
|
partitioning syntax. This feature is very useful to generate syntax for
|
|
all default values to avoid all default checking when opening the frm
|
|
file. It is also used when altering the partitioning by use of various
|
|
ALTER TABLE commands. Finally it is used for SHOW CREATE TABLES.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int add_write(File fptr, const char *buf, uint len)
|
|
{
|
|
uint ret_code= mysql_file_write(fptr, (const uchar*)buf, len, MYF(MY_FNABP));
|
|
|
|
if (likely(ret_code == 0))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
else
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_string_object(File fptr, String *string)
|
|
{
|
|
return add_write(fptr, string->ptr(), string->length());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_string(File fptr, const char *string)
|
|
{
|
|
return add_write(fptr, string, strlen(string));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_string_len(File fptr, const char *string, uint len)
|
|
{
|
|
return add_write(fptr, string, len);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_space(File fptr)
|
|
{
|
|
return add_string(fptr, space_str);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_comma(File fptr)
|
|
{
|
|
return add_string(fptr, comma_str);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_equal(File fptr)
|
|
{
|
|
return add_string(fptr, equal_str);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_end_parenthesis(File fptr)
|
|
{
|
|
return add_string(fptr, end_paren_str);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_begin_parenthesis(File fptr)
|
|
{
|
|
return add_string(fptr, begin_paren_str);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_part_key_word(File fptr, const char *key_string)
|
|
{
|
|
int err= add_string(fptr, key_string);
|
|
err+= add_space(fptr);
|
|
return err;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_partition(File fptr)
|
|
{
|
|
char buff[22];
|
|
strxmov(buff, part_str, space_str, NullS);
|
|
return add_string(fptr, buff);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_subpartition(File fptr)
|
|
{
|
|
int err= add_string(fptr, sub_str);
|
|
|
|
return err + add_partition(fptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_partition_by(File fptr)
|
|
{
|
|
char buff[22];
|
|
strxmov(buff, part_str, space_str, by_str, space_str, NullS);
|
|
return add_string(fptr, buff);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_subpartition_by(File fptr)
|
|
{
|
|
int err= add_string(fptr, sub_str);
|
|
|
|
return err + add_partition_by(fptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_part_field_list(File fptr, List<const char> field_list)
|
|
{
|
|
uint i, num_fields;
|
|
int err= 0;
|
|
|
|
List_iterator<const char> part_it(field_list);
|
|
num_fields= field_list.elements;
|
|
i= 0;
|
|
err+= add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
while (i < num_fields)
|
|
{
|
|
const char *field_str= part_it++;
|
|
String field_string("", 0, system_charset_info);
|
|
THD *thd= current_thd;
|
|
ulonglong save_options= thd->variables.option_bits;
|
|
thd->variables.option_bits&= ~OPTION_QUOTE_SHOW_CREATE;
|
|
append_identifier(thd, &field_string, field_str,
|
|
strlen(field_str));
|
|
thd->variables.option_bits= save_options;
|
|
err+= add_string_object(fptr, &field_string);
|
|
if (i != (num_fields-1))
|
|
err+= add_comma(fptr);
|
|
i++;
|
|
}
|
|
err+= add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
return err;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_name_string(File fptr, const char *name)
|
|
{
|
|
int err;
|
|
String name_string("", 0, system_charset_info);
|
|
THD *thd= current_thd;
|
|
ulonglong save_options= thd->variables.option_bits;
|
|
thd->variables.option_bits&= ~OPTION_QUOTE_SHOW_CREATE;
|
|
append_identifier(thd, &name_string, name,
|
|
strlen(name));
|
|
thd->variables.option_bits= save_options;
|
|
err= add_string_object(fptr, &name_string);
|
|
return err;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_int(File fptr, longlong number)
|
|
{
|
|
char buff[32];
|
|
llstr(number, buff);
|
|
return add_string(fptr, buff);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_uint(File fptr, ulonglong number)
|
|
{
|
|
char buff[32];
|
|
longlong2str(number, buff, 10);
|
|
return add_string(fptr, buff);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Must escape strings in partitioned tables frm-files,
|
|
parsing it later with mysql_unpack_partition will fail otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int add_quoted_string(File fptr, const char *quotestr)
|
|
{
|
|
String escapedstr;
|
|
int err= add_string(fptr, "'");
|
|
err+= escapedstr.append_for_single_quote(quotestr);
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, escapedstr.c_ptr_safe());
|
|
return err + add_string(fptr, "'");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@brief Truncate the partition file name from a path it it exists.
|
|
|
|
@note A partition file name will contian one or more '#' characters.
|
|
One of the occurances of '#' will be either "#P#" or "#p#" depending
|
|
on whether the storage engine has converted the filename to lower case.
|
|
*/
|
|
void truncate_partition_filename(char *path)
|
|
{
|
|
if (path)
|
|
{
|
|
char* last_slash= strrchr(path, FN_LIBCHAR);
|
|
|
|
if (!last_slash)
|
|
last_slash= strrchr(path, FN_LIBCHAR2);
|
|
|
|
if (last_slash)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Look for a partition-type filename */
|
|
for (char* pound= strchr(last_slash, '#');
|
|
pound; pound = strchr(pound + 1, '#'))
|
|
{
|
|
if ((pound[1] == 'P' || pound[1] == 'p') && pound[2] == '#')
|
|
{
|
|
last_slash[0] = '\0'; /* truncate the file name */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@brief Output a filepath. Similar to add_keyword_string except it
|
|
also converts \ to / on Windows and skips the partition file name at
|
|
the end if found.
|
|
|
|
@note When Mysql sends a DATA DIRECTORY from SQL for partitions it does
|
|
not use a file name, but it does for DATA DIRECTORY on a non-partitioned
|
|
table. So when the storage engine is asked for the DATA DIRECTORY string
|
|
after a restart through Handler::update_create_options(), the storage
|
|
engine may include the filename.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int add_keyword_path(File fptr, const char *keyword,
|
|
const char *path)
|
|
{
|
|
int err= add_string(fptr, keyword);
|
|
|
|
err+= add_space(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_equal(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_space(fptr);
|
|
|
|
char temp_path[FN_REFLEN];
|
|
strcpy(temp_path, path);
|
|
#ifdef __WIN__
|
|
/* Convert \ to / to be able to create table on unix */
|
|
char *pos, *end;
|
|
uint length= strlen(temp_path);
|
|
for (pos= temp_path, end= pos+length ; pos < end ; pos++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*pos == '\\')
|
|
*pos = '/';
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
If the partition file name with its "#P#" identifier
|
|
is found after the last slash, truncate that filename.
|
|
*/
|
|
truncate_partition_filename(temp_path);
|
|
|
|
err+= add_quoted_string(fptr, temp_path);
|
|
|
|
return err + add_space(fptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_keyword_string(File fptr, const char *keyword,
|
|
bool should_use_quotes,
|
|
const char *keystr)
|
|
{
|
|
int err= add_string(fptr, keyword);
|
|
|
|
err+= add_space(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_equal(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_space(fptr);
|
|
if (should_use_quotes)
|
|
err+= add_quoted_string(fptr, keystr);
|
|
else
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, keystr);
|
|
return err + add_space(fptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_keyword_int(File fptr, const char *keyword, longlong num)
|
|
{
|
|
int err= add_string(fptr, keyword);
|
|
|
|
err+= add_space(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_equal(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_space(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_int(fptr, num);
|
|
return err + add_space(fptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_engine(File fptr, handlerton *engine_type)
|
|
{
|
|
const char *engine_str= ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(engine_type);
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("ENGINE: %s", engine_str));
|
|
int err= add_string(fptr, "ENGINE = ");
|
|
return err + add_string(fptr, engine_str);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_partition_options(File fptr, partition_element *p_elem)
|
|
{
|
|
int err= 0;
|
|
|
|
err+= add_space(fptr);
|
|
if (p_elem->tablespace_name)
|
|
err+= add_keyword_string(fptr,"TABLESPACE", FALSE,
|
|
p_elem->tablespace_name);
|
|
if (p_elem->nodegroup_id != UNDEF_NODEGROUP)
|
|
err+= add_keyword_int(fptr,"NODEGROUP",(longlong)p_elem->nodegroup_id);
|
|
if (p_elem->part_max_rows)
|
|
err+= add_keyword_int(fptr,"MAX_ROWS",(longlong)p_elem->part_max_rows);
|
|
if (p_elem->part_min_rows)
|
|
err+= add_keyword_int(fptr,"MIN_ROWS",(longlong)p_elem->part_min_rows);
|
|
if (!(current_thd->variables.sql_mode & MODE_NO_DIR_IN_CREATE))
|
|
{
|
|
if (p_elem->data_file_name)
|
|
err+= add_keyword_path(fptr, "DATA DIRECTORY", p_elem->data_file_name);
|
|
if (p_elem->index_file_name)
|
|
err+= add_keyword_path(fptr, "INDEX DIRECTORY", p_elem->index_file_name);
|
|
}
|
|
if (p_elem->part_comment)
|
|
err+= add_keyword_string(fptr, "COMMENT", TRUE, p_elem->part_comment);
|
|
if (p_elem->connect_string.length)
|
|
err+= add_keyword_string(fptr, "CONNECTION", TRUE,
|
|
p_elem->connect_string.str);
|
|
return err + add_engine(fptr,p_elem->engine_type);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Check partition fields for result type and if they need
|
|
to check the character set.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
check_part_field()
|
|
sql_type Type provided by user
|
|
field_name Name of field, used for error handling
|
|
result_type Out value: Result type of field
|
|
need_cs_check Out value: Do we need character set check
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Error
|
|
FALSE Ok
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int check_part_field(enum_field_types sql_type,
|
|
const char *field_name,
|
|
Item_result *result_type,
|
|
bool *need_cs_check)
|
|
{
|
|
if (sql_type >= MYSQL_TYPE_TINY_BLOB &&
|
|
sql_type <= MYSQL_TYPE_BLOB)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_BLOB_FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
switch (sql_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_TINY:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_SHORT:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_LONG:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_LONGLONG:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_INT24:
|
|
*result_type= INT_RESULT;
|
|
*need_cs_check= FALSE;
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDATE:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_DATE:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_TIME:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_TIME2:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME2:
|
|
*result_type= STRING_RESULT;
|
|
*need_cs_check= TRUE;
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_STRING:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_VAR_STRING:
|
|
*result_type= STRING_RESULT;
|
|
*need_cs_check= TRUE;
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_NEWDECIMAL:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_DECIMAL:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP2:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_NULL:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_FLOAT:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_DOUBLE:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_BIT:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_ENUM:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_SET:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_GEOMETRY:
|
|
goto error;
|
|
default:
|
|
goto error;
|
|
}
|
|
error:
|
|
my_error(ER_FIELD_TYPE_NOT_ALLOWED_AS_PARTITION_FIELD, MYF(0),
|
|
field_name);
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Find the given field's Create_field object using name of field
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_sql_field()
|
|
field_name Field name
|
|
alter_info Info from ALTER TABLE/CREATE TABLE
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
sql_field Object filled in by parser about field
|
|
NULL No field found
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static Create_field* get_sql_field(const char *field_name,
|
|
Alter_info *alter_info)
|
|
{
|
|
List_iterator<Create_field> it(alter_info->create_list);
|
|
Create_field *sql_field;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_sql_field");
|
|
|
|
while ((sql_field= it++))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!(my_strcasecmp(system_charset_info,
|
|
sql_field->field_name.str,
|
|
field_name)))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(sql_field);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int add_column_list_values(File fptr, partition_info *part_info,
|
|
part_elem_value *list_value,
|
|
HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
|
|
Alter_info *alter_info)
|
|
{
|
|
int err= 0;
|
|
uint i;
|
|
List_iterator<const char> it(part_info->part_field_list);
|
|
uint num_elements= part_info->part_field_list.elements;
|
|
bool use_parenthesis= (part_info->part_type == LIST_PARTITION &&
|
|
part_info->num_columns > 1U);
|
|
|
|
if (use_parenthesis)
|
|
err+= add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
for (i= 0; i < num_elements; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
part_column_list_val *col_val= &list_value->col_val_array[i];
|
|
const char *field_name= it++;
|
|
if (col_val->max_value)
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_MAXVALUE].str);
|
|
else if (col_val->null_value)
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, "NULL");
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
char buffer[MAX_KEY_LENGTH];
|
|
String str(buffer, sizeof(buffer), &my_charset_bin);
|
|
Item *item_expr= col_val->item_expression;
|
|
if (item_expr->null_value)
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, "NULL");
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
String *res;
|
|
CHARSET_INFO *field_cs;
|
|
bool need_cs_check= FALSE;
|
|
Item_result result_type= STRING_RESULT;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
This function is called at a very early stage, even before
|
|
we have prepared the sql_field objects. Thus we have to
|
|
find the proper sql_field object and get the character set
|
|
from that object.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (create_info)
|
|
{
|
|
Create_field *sql_field;
|
|
|
|
if (!(sql_field= get_sql_field(field_name,
|
|
alter_info)))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_FIELD_NOT_FOUND_PART_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (check_part_field(sql_field->real_field_type(),
|
|
sql_field->field_name.str,
|
|
&result_type,
|
|
&need_cs_check))
|
|
return 1;
|
|
if (need_cs_check)
|
|
field_cs= get_sql_field_charset(sql_field, create_info);
|
|
else
|
|
field_cs= NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Field *field= part_info->part_field_array[i];
|
|
result_type= field->result_type();
|
|
if (check_part_field(field->real_type(),
|
|
field->field_name.str,
|
|
&result_type,
|
|
&need_cs_check))
|
|
return 1;
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(result_type == field->result_type());
|
|
if (need_cs_check)
|
|
field_cs= field->charset();
|
|
else
|
|
field_cs= NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
if (result_type != item_expr->result_type())
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_WRONG_TYPE_COLUMN_VALUE_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (field_cs && field_cs != item_expr->collation.collation)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!(item_expr= convert_charset_partition_constant(item_expr,
|
|
field_cs)))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_FUNCTION_IS_NOT_ALLOWED, MYF(0));
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
{
|
|
String val_conv;
|
|
val_conv.set_charset(system_charset_info);
|
|
res= item_expr->val_str(&str);
|
|
if (get_cs_converted_part_value_from_string(current_thd,
|
|
item_expr, res,
|
|
&val_conv, field_cs,
|
|
(bool)(alter_info != NULL)))
|
|
return 1;
|
|
err+= add_string_object(fptr, &val_conv);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (i != (num_elements - 1))
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, comma_str);
|
|
}
|
|
if (use_parenthesis)
|
|
err+= add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
return err;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int add_partition_values(File fptr, partition_info *part_info,
|
|
partition_element *p_elem,
|
|
HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
|
|
Alter_info *alter_info)
|
|
{
|
|
int err= 0;
|
|
|
|
if (part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, " VALUES LESS THAN ");
|
|
if (part_info->column_list)
|
|
{
|
|
List_iterator<part_elem_value> list_val_it(p_elem->list_val_list);
|
|
part_elem_value *list_value= list_val_it++;
|
|
err+= add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_column_list_values(fptr, part_info, list_value,
|
|
create_info, alter_info);
|
|
err+= add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (!p_elem->max_value)
|
|
{
|
|
err+= add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
if (p_elem->signed_flag)
|
|
err+= add_int(fptr, p_elem->range_value);
|
|
else
|
|
err+= add_uint(fptr, p_elem->range_value);
|
|
err+= add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_MAXVALUE].str);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (part_info->part_type == LIST_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
uint i;
|
|
List_iterator<part_elem_value> list_val_it(p_elem->list_val_list);
|
|
|
|
if (p_elem->max_value)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->defined_max_value ||
|
|
current_thd->lex->sql_command == SQLCOM_ALTER_TABLE);
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, " DEFAULT");
|
|
return err;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, " VALUES IN ");
|
|
uint num_items= p_elem->list_val_list.elements;
|
|
|
|
err+= add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
if (p_elem->has_null_value)
|
|
{
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, "NULL");
|
|
if (num_items == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
err+= add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
err+= add_comma(fptr);
|
|
}
|
|
i= 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
part_elem_value *list_value= list_val_it++;
|
|
|
|
if (part_info->column_list)
|
|
err+= add_column_list_values(fptr, part_info, list_value,
|
|
create_info, alter_info);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (!list_value->unsigned_flag)
|
|
err+= add_int(fptr, list_value->value);
|
|
else
|
|
err+= add_uint(fptr, list_value->value);
|
|
}
|
|
if (i != (num_items-1))
|
|
err+= add_comma(fptr);
|
|
} while (++i < num_items);
|
|
err+= add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
}
|
|
end:
|
|
return err;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Add 'KEY' word, with optional 'ALGORTIHM = N'.
|
|
|
|
@param fptr File to write to.
|
|
@param part_info partition_info holding the used key_algorithm
|
|
@param current_comment_start NULL, or comment string encapsulating the
|
|
PARTITION BY clause.
|
|
|
|
@return Operation status.
|
|
@retval 0 Success
|
|
@retval != 0 Failure
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int add_key_with_algorithm(File fptr, partition_info *part_info,
|
|
const char *current_comment_start)
|
|
{
|
|
int err= 0;
|
|
err+= add_part_key_word(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_KEY].str);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
current_comment_start is given when called from SHOW CREATE TABLE,
|
|
Then only add ALGORITHM = 1, not the default 2 or non-set 0!
|
|
For .frm current_comment_start is NULL, then add ALGORITHM if != 0.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (part_info->key_algorithm == partition_info::KEY_ALGORITHM_51 || // SHOW
|
|
(!current_comment_start && // .frm
|
|
(part_info->key_algorithm != partition_info::KEY_ALGORITHM_NONE)))
|
|
{
|
|
/* If we already are within a comment, end that comment first. */
|
|
if (current_comment_start)
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, "*/ ");
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, "/*!50611 ");
|
|
err+= add_part_key_word(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_ALGORITHM].str);
|
|
err+= add_equal(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_space(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_int(fptr, part_info->key_algorithm);
|
|
err+= add_space(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, "*/ ");
|
|
if (current_comment_start)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Skip new line. */
|
|
if (current_comment_start[0] == '\n')
|
|
current_comment_start++;
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, current_comment_start);
|
|
err+= add_space(fptr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return err;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Generate the partition syntax from the partition data structure.
|
|
Useful for support of generating defaults, SHOW CREATE TABLES
|
|
and easy partition management.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
generate_partition_syntax()
|
|
part_info The partitioning data structure
|
|
buf_length A pointer to the returned buffer length
|
|
use_sql_alloc Allocate buffer from sql_alloc if true
|
|
otherwise use my_malloc
|
|
show_partition_options Should we display partition options
|
|
create_info Info generated by parser
|
|
alter_info Info generated by parser
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
NULL error
|
|
buf, buf_length Buffer and its length
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Here we will generate the full syntax for the given command where all
|
|
defaults have been expanded. By so doing the it is also possible to
|
|
make lots of checks of correctness while at it.
|
|
This could will also be reused for SHOW CREATE TABLES and also for all
|
|
type ALTER TABLE commands focusing on changing the PARTITION structure
|
|
in any fashion.
|
|
|
|
The implementation writes the syntax to a temporary file (essentially
|
|
an abstraction of a dynamic array) and if all writes goes well it
|
|
allocates a buffer and writes the syntax into this one and returns it.
|
|
|
|
As a security precaution the file is deleted before writing into it. This
|
|
means that no other processes on the machine can open and read the file
|
|
while this processing is ongoing.
|
|
|
|
The code is optimised for minimal code size since it is not used in any
|
|
common queries.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
char *generate_partition_syntax(THD *thd, partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint *buf_length,
|
|
bool use_sql_alloc,
|
|
bool show_partition_options,
|
|
HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
|
|
Alter_info *alter_info,
|
|
const char *current_comment_start)
|
|
{
|
|
uint i,j, tot_num_parts, num_subparts;
|
|
partition_element *part_elem;
|
|
ulonglong buffer_length;
|
|
char path[FN_REFLEN];
|
|
int err= 0;
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> part_it(part_info->partitions);
|
|
File fptr;
|
|
char *buf= NULL; //Return buffer
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("generate_partition_syntax");
|
|
|
|
if (unlikely(((fptr= create_temp_file(path,mysql_tmpdir,"psy",
|
|
O_RDWR | O_BINARY | O_TRUNC |
|
|
O_TEMPORARY, MYF(MY_WME)))) < 0))
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(NULL);
|
|
#ifndef __WIN__
|
|
unlink(path);
|
|
#endif
|
|
err+= add_space(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_partition_by(fptr);
|
|
switch (part_info->part_type)
|
|
{
|
|
case RANGE_PARTITION:
|
|
err+= add_part_key_word(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_RANGE].str);
|
|
break;
|
|
case LIST_PARTITION:
|
|
err+= add_part_key_word(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_LIST].str);
|
|
break;
|
|
case HASH_PARTITION:
|
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_LINEAR].str);
|
|
if (part_info->list_of_part_fields)
|
|
{
|
|
err+= add_key_with_algorithm(fptr, part_info,
|
|
current_comment_start);
|
|
err+= add_part_field_list(fptr, part_info->part_field_list);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
err+= add_part_key_word(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_HASH].str);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(0);
|
|
/* We really shouldn't get here, no use in continuing from here */
|
|
my_error(ER_OUT_OF_RESOURCES, MYF(ME_FATALERROR));
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
if (part_info->part_expr)
|
|
{
|
|
err+= add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_string_len(fptr, part_info->part_func_string,
|
|
part_info->part_func_len);
|
|
err+= add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (part_info->column_list)
|
|
{
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_COLUMNS].str);
|
|
err+= add_part_field_list(fptr, part_info->part_field_list);
|
|
}
|
|
if ((!part_info->use_default_num_partitions) &&
|
|
part_info->use_default_partitions)
|
|
{
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, "\n");
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, "PARTITIONS ");
|
|
err+= add_int(fptr, part_info->num_parts);
|
|
}
|
|
if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned())
|
|
{
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, "\n");
|
|
err+= add_subpartition_by(fptr);
|
|
/* Must be hash partitioning for subpartitioning */
|
|
if (part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_LINEAR].str);
|
|
if (part_info->list_of_subpart_fields)
|
|
{
|
|
err+= add_key_with_algorithm(fptr, part_info,
|
|
current_comment_start);
|
|
err+= add_part_field_list(fptr, part_info->subpart_field_list);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
err+= add_part_key_word(fptr, partition_keywords[PKW_HASH].str);
|
|
if (part_info->subpart_expr)
|
|
{
|
|
err+= add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_string_len(fptr, part_info->subpart_func_string,
|
|
part_info->subpart_func_len);
|
|
err+= add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
}
|
|
if ((!part_info->use_default_num_subpartitions) &&
|
|
part_info->use_default_subpartitions)
|
|
{
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, "\n");
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, "SUBPARTITIONS ");
|
|
err+= add_int(fptr, part_info->num_subparts);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
tot_num_parts= part_info->partitions.elements;
|
|
num_subparts= part_info->num_subparts;
|
|
|
|
if (!part_info->use_default_partitions)
|
|
{
|
|
bool first= TRUE;
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, "\n");
|
|
err+= add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
i= 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
part_elem= part_it++;
|
|
if (part_elem->part_state != PART_TO_BE_DROPPED &&
|
|
part_elem->part_state != PART_REORGED_DROPPED)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!first)
|
|
{
|
|
err+= add_comma(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, "\n");
|
|
err+= add_space(fptr);
|
|
}
|
|
first= FALSE;
|
|
err+= add_partition(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_name_string(fptr, part_elem->partition_name);
|
|
err+= add_partition_values(fptr, part_info, part_elem,
|
|
create_info, alter_info);
|
|
if (!part_info->is_sub_partitioned() ||
|
|
part_info->use_default_subpartitions)
|
|
{
|
|
if (show_partition_options)
|
|
err+= add_partition_options(fptr, part_elem);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, "\n");
|
|
err+= add_space(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_begin_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> sub_it(part_elem->subpartitions);
|
|
j= 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
part_elem= sub_it++;
|
|
err+= add_subpartition(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_name_string(fptr, part_elem->partition_name);
|
|
if (show_partition_options)
|
|
err+= add_partition_options(fptr, part_elem);
|
|
if (j != (num_subparts-1))
|
|
{
|
|
err+= add_comma(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_string(fptr, "\n");
|
|
err+= add_space(fptr);
|
|
err+= add_space(fptr);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
err+= add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
} while (++j < num_subparts);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (i == (tot_num_parts-1))
|
|
err+= add_end_parenthesis(fptr);
|
|
} while (++i < tot_num_parts);
|
|
}
|
|
if (err)
|
|
goto close_file;
|
|
buffer_length= mysql_file_seek(fptr, 0L, MY_SEEK_END, MYF(0));
|
|
if (unlikely(buffer_length == MY_FILEPOS_ERROR))
|
|
goto close_file;
|
|
if (unlikely(mysql_file_seek(fptr, 0L, MY_SEEK_SET, MYF(0))
|
|
== MY_FILEPOS_ERROR))
|
|
goto close_file;
|
|
*buf_length= (uint)buffer_length;
|
|
if (use_sql_alloc)
|
|
buf= (char*) thd->alloc(*buf_length + 1);
|
|
else
|
|
buf= (char*) my_malloc(*buf_length+1, MYF(MY_WME));
|
|
if (!buf)
|
|
goto close_file;
|
|
|
|
if (unlikely(mysql_file_read(fptr, (uchar*)buf, *buf_length, MYF(MY_FNABP))))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!use_sql_alloc)
|
|
my_free(buf);
|
|
buf= NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
buf[*buf_length]= 0;
|
|
|
|
close_file:
|
|
mysql_file_close(fptr, MYF(0));
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(buf);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Check if partition key fields are modified and if it can be handled by the
|
|
underlying storage engine.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
partition_key_modified
|
|
table TABLE object for which partition fields are set-up
|
|
fields Bitmap representing fields to be modified
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Need special handling of UPDATE
|
|
FALSE Normal UPDATE handling is ok
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool partition_key_modified(TABLE *table, const MY_BITMAP *fields)
|
|
{
|
|
Field **fld;
|
|
partition_info *part_info= table->part_info;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("partition_key_modified");
|
|
|
|
if (!part_info)
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
if (table->s->db_type()->partition_flags &&
|
|
(table->s->db_type()->partition_flags() & HA_CAN_UPDATE_PARTITION_KEY))
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
for (fld= part_info->full_part_field_array; *fld; fld++)
|
|
if (bitmap_is_set(fields, (*fld)->field_index))
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
A function to handle correct handling of NULL values in partition
|
|
functions.
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
part_val_int()
|
|
item_expr The item expression to evaluate
|
|
out:result The value of the partition function,
|
|
LONGLONG_MIN if any null value in function
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Error in val_int()
|
|
FALSE ok
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static inline int part_val_int(Item *item_expr, longlong *result)
|
|
{
|
|
*result= item_expr->val_int();
|
|
if (item_expr->null_value)
|
|
{
|
|
if (current_thd->is_error())
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
else
|
|
*result= LONGLONG_MIN;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
The next set of functions are used to calculate the partition identity.
|
|
A handler sets up a variable that corresponds to one of these functions
|
|
to be able to quickly call it whenever the partition id needs to calculated
|
|
based on the record in table->record[0] (or set up to fake that).
|
|
There are 4 functions for hash partitioning and 2 for RANGE/LIST partitions.
|
|
In addition there are 4 variants for RANGE subpartitioning and 4 variants
|
|
for LIST subpartitioning thus in total there are 14 variants of this
|
|
function.
|
|
|
|
We have a set of support functions for these 14 variants. There are 4
|
|
variants of hash functions and there is a function for each. The KEY
|
|
partitioning uses the function calculate_key_hash_value to calculate the hash
|
|
value based on an array of fields. The linear hash variants uses the
|
|
method get_part_id_from_linear_hash to get the partition id using the
|
|
hash value and some parameters calculated from the number of partitions.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
A simple support function to calculate part_id given local part and
|
|
sub part.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_part_id_for_sub()
|
|
loc_part_id Local partition id
|
|
sub_part_id Subpartition id
|
|
num_subparts Number of subparts
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
inline
|
|
static uint32 get_part_id_for_sub(uint32 loc_part_id, uint32 sub_part_id,
|
|
uint num_subparts)
|
|
{
|
|
return (uint32)((loc_part_id * num_subparts) + sub_part_id);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Calculate part_id for (SUB)PARTITION BY HASH
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_part_id_hash()
|
|
num_parts Number of hash partitions
|
|
part_expr Item tree of hash function
|
|
out:part_id The returned partition id
|
|
out:func_value Value of hash function
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
!= 0 Error code
|
|
FALSE Success
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int get_part_id_hash(uint num_parts,
|
|
Item *part_expr,
|
|
uint32 *part_id,
|
|
longlong *func_value)
|
|
{
|
|
longlong int_hash_id;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_part_id_hash");
|
|
|
|
if (part_val_int(part_expr, func_value))
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND);
|
|
|
|
int_hash_id= *func_value % num_parts;
|
|
|
|
*part_id= int_hash_id < 0 ? (uint32) -int_hash_id : (uint32) int_hash_id;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Calculate part_id for (SUB)PARTITION BY LINEAR HASH
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_part_id_linear_hash()
|
|
part_info A reference to the partition_info struct where all the
|
|
desired information is given
|
|
num_parts Number of hash partitions
|
|
part_expr Item tree of hash function
|
|
out:part_id The returned partition id
|
|
out:func_value Value of hash function
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
!= 0 Error code
|
|
0 OK
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int get_part_id_linear_hash(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint num_parts,
|
|
Item *part_expr,
|
|
uint32 *part_id,
|
|
longlong *func_value)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_part_id_linear_hash");
|
|
|
|
if (part_val_int(part_expr, func_value))
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND);
|
|
|
|
*part_id= get_part_id_from_linear_hash(*func_value,
|
|
part_info->linear_hash_mask,
|
|
num_parts);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Calculate part_id for (SUB)PARTITION BY KEY
|
|
|
|
@param file Handler to storage engine
|
|
@param field_array Array of fields for PARTTION KEY
|
|
@param num_parts Number of KEY partitions
|
|
@param func_value[out] Returns calculated hash value
|
|
|
|
@return Calculated partition id
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
inline
|
|
static uint32 get_part_id_key(handler *file,
|
|
Field **field_array,
|
|
uint num_parts,
|
|
longlong *func_value)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_part_id_key");
|
|
*func_value= ha_partition::calculate_key_hash_value(field_array);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN((uint32) (*func_value % num_parts));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Calculate part_id for (SUB)PARTITION BY LINEAR KEY
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_part_id_linear_key()
|
|
part_info A reference to the partition_info struct where all the
|
|
desired information is given
|
|
field_array Array of fields for PARTTION KEY
|
|
num_parts Number of KEY partitions
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
Calculated partition id
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
inline
|
|
static uint32 get_part_id_linear_key(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
Field **field_array,
|
|
uint num_parts,
|
|
longlong *func_value)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_part_id_linear_key");
|
|
|
|
*func_value= ha_partition::calculate_key_hash_value(field_array);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(get_part_id_from_linear_hash(*func_value,
|
|
part_info->linear_hash_mask,
|
|
num_parts));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Copy to field buffers and set up field pointers
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
copy_to_part_field_buffers()
|
|
ptr Array of fields to copy
|
|
field_bufs Array of field buffers to copy to
|
|
restore_ptr Array of pointers to restore to
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
NONE
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
This routine is used to take the data from field pointer, convert
|
|
it to a standard format and store this format in a field buffer
|
|
allocated for this purpose. Next the field pointers are moved to
|
|
point to the field buffers. There is a separate to restore the
|
|
field pointers after this call.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void copy_to_part_field_buffers(Field **ptr,
|
|
uchar **field_bufs,
|
|
uchar **restore_ptr)
|
|
{
|
|
Field *field;
|
|
while ((field= *(ptr++)))
|
|
{
|
|
*restore_ptr= field->ptr;
|
|
restore_ptr++;
|
|
if (!field->maybe_null() || !field->is_null())
|
|
{
|
|
CHARSET_INFO *cs= field->charset();
|
|
uint max_len= field->pack_length();
|
|
uint data_len= field->data_length();
|
|
uchar *field_buf= *field_bufs;
|
|
/*
|
|
We only use the field buffer for VARCHAR and CHAR strings
|
|
which isn't of a binary collation. We also only use the
|
|
field buffer for fields which are not currently NULL.
|
|
The field buffer will store a normalised string. We use
|
|
the strnxfrm method to normalise the string.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (field->type() == MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR)
|
|
{
|
|
uint len_bytes= ((Field_varstring*)field)->length_bytes;
|
|
my_strnxfrm(cs, field_buf + len_bytes, max_len,
|
|
field->ptr + len_bytes, data_len);
|
|
if (len_bytes == 1)
|
|
*field_buf= (uchar) data_len;
|
|
else
|
|
int2store(field_buf, data_len);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
my_strnxfrm(cs, field_buf, max_len,
|
|
field->ptr, max_len);
|
|
}
|
|
field->ptr= field_buf;
|
|
}
|
|
field_bufs++;
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Restore field pointers
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
restore_part_field_pointers()
|
|
ptr Array of fields to restore
|
|
restore_ptr Array of field pointers to restore to
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void restore_part_field_pointers(Field **ptr, uchar **restore_ptr)
|
|
{
|
|
Field *field;
|
|
while ((field= *(ptr++)))
|
|
{
|
|
field->ptr= *restore_ptr;
|
|
restore_ptr++;
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
This function is used to calculate the partition id where all partition
|
|
fields have been prepared to point to a record where the partition field
|
|
values are bound.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_partition_id()
|
|
part_info A reference to the partition_info struct where all the
|
|
desired information is given
|
|
out:part_id The partition id is returned through this pointer
|
|
out:func_value Value of partition function (longlong)
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
part_id Partition id of partition that would contain
|
|
row with given values of PF-fields
|
|
HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND The fields of the partition function didn't
|
|
fit into any partition and thus the values of
|
|
the PF-fields are not allowed.
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
A routine used from write_row, update_row and delete_row from any
|
|
handler supporting partitioning. It is also a support routine for
|
|
get_partition_set used to find the set of partitions needed to scan
|
|
for a certain index scan or full table scan.
|
|
|
|
It is actually 9 different variants of this function which are called
|
|
through a function pointer.
|
|
|
|
get_partition_id_list
|
|
get_partition_id_list_col
|
|
get_partition_id_range
|
|
get_partition_id_range_col
|
|
get_partition_id_hash_nosub
|
|
get_partition_id_key_nosub
|
|
get_partition_id_linear_hash_nosub
|
|
get_partition_id_linear_key_nosub
|
|
get_partition_id_with_sub
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
This function is used to calculate the main partition to use in the case of
|
|
subpartitioning and we don't know enough to get the partition identity in
|
|
total.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_part_partition_id()
|
|
part_info A reference to the partition_info struct where all the
|
|
desired information is given
|
|
out:part_id The partition id is returned through this pointer
|
|
out:func_value The value calculated by partition function
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND The fields of the partition function didn't
|
|
fit into any partition and thus the values of
|
|
the PF-fields are not allowed.
|
|
0 OK
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
|
It is actually 8 different variants of this function which are called
|
|
through a function pointer.
|
|
|
|
get_partition_id_list
|
|
get_partition_id_list_col
|
|
get_partition_id_range
|
|
get_partition_id_range_col
|
|
get_partition_id_hash_nosub
|
|
get_partition_id_key_nosub
|
|
get_partition_id_linear_hash_nosub
|
|
get_partition_id_linear_key_nosub
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int get_part_id_charset_func_part(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint32 *part_id,
|
|
longlong *func_value)
|
|
{
|
|
int res;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_part_id_charset_func_part");
|
|
|
|
copy_to_part_field_buffers(part_info->part_charset_field_array,
|
|
part_info->part_field_buffers,
|
|
part_info->restore_part_field_ptrs);
|
|
res= part_info->get_part_partition_id_charset(part_info,
|
|
part_id, func_value);
|
|
restore_part_field_pointers(part_info->part_charset_field_array,
|
|
part_info->restore_part_field_ptrs);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int get_part_id_charset_func_subpart(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint32 *part_id)
|
|
{
|
|
int res;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_part_id_charset_func_subpart");
|
|
|
|
copy_to_part_field_buffers(part_info->subpart_charset_field_array,
|
|
part_info->subpart_field_buffers,
|
|
part_info->restore_subpart_field_ptrs);
|
|
res= part_info->get_subpartition_id_charset(part_info, part_id);
|
|
restore_part_field_pointers(part_info->subpart_charset_field_array,
|
|
part_info->restore_subpart_field_ptrs);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int get_partition_id_list_col(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint32 *part_id,
|
|
longlong *func_value)
|
|
{
|
|
part_column_list_val *list_col_array= part_info->list_col_array;
|
|
uint num_columns= part_info->part_field_list.elements;
|
|
int list_index, cmp;
|
|
int min_list_index= 0;
|
|
int max_list_index= part_info->num_list_values - 1;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_partition_id_list_col");
|
|
|
|
while (max_list_index >= min_list_index)
|
|
{
|
|
list_index= (max_list_index + min_list_index) >> 1;
|
|
cmp= cmp_rec_and_tuple(list_col_array + list_index*num_columns,
|
|
num_columns);
|
|
if (cmp > 0)
|
|
min_list_index= list_index + 1;
|
|
else if (cmp < 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!list_index)
|
|
goto notfound;
|
|
max_list_index= list_index - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
*part_id= (uint32)list_col_array[list_index*num_columns].partition_id;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
notfound:
|
|
if (part_info->defined_max_value)
|
|
{
|
|
*part_id= part_info->default_partition_id;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(0);
|
|
}
|
|
*part_id= 0;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int get_partition_id_list(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint32 *part_id,
|
|
longlong *func_value)
|
|
{
|
|
LIST_PART_ENTRY *list_array= part_info->list_array;
|
|
int list_index;
|
|
int min_list_index= 0;
|
|
int max_list_index= part_info->num_list_values - 1;
|
|
longlong part_func_value;
|
|
int error= part_val_int(part_info->part_expr, &part_func_value);
|
|
longlong list_value;
|
|
bool unsigned_flag= part_info->part_expr->unsigned_flag;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_partition_id_list");
|
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
goto notfound;
|
|
|
|
if (part_info->part_expr->null_value)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->has_null_value)
|
|
{
|
|
*part_id= part_info->has_null_part_id;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(0);
|
|
}
|
|
goto notfound;
|
|
}
|
|
*func_value= part_func_value;
|
|
if (unsigned_flag)
|
|
part_func_value-= 0x8000000000000000ULL;
|
|
while (max_list_index >= min_list_index)
|
|
{
|
|
list_index= (max_list_index + min_list_index) >> 1;
|
|
list_value= list_array[list_index].list_value;
|
|
if (list_value < part_func_value)
|
|
min_list_index= list_index + 1;
|
|
else if (list_value > part_func_value)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!list_index)
|
|
goto notfound;
|
|
max_list_index= list_index - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
*part_id= (uint32)list_array[list_index].partition_id;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
notfound:
|
|
if (part_info->defined_max_value)
|
|
{
|
|
*part_id= part_info->default_partition_id;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(0);
|
|
}
|
|
*part_id= 0;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
uint32 get_partition_id_cols_list_for_endpoint(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
bool left_endpoint,
|
|
bool include_endpoint,
|
|
uint32 nparts)
|
|
{
|
|
part_column_list_val *list_col_array= part_info->list_col_array;
|
|
uint num_columns= part_info->part_field_list.elements;
|
|
uint list_index;
|
|
uint min_list_index= 0;
|
|
int cmp;
|
|
/* Notice that max_list_index = last_index + 1 here! */
|
|
uint max_list_index= part_info->num_list_values;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_partition_id_cols_list_for_endpoint");
|
|
|
|
/* Find the matching partition (including taking endpoint into account). */
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
/* Midpoint, adjusted down, so it can never be >= max_list_index. */
|
|
list_index= (max_list_index + min_list_index) >> 1;
|
|
cmp= cmp_rec_and_tuple_prune(list_col_array + list_index*num_columns,
|
|
nparts, left_endpoint, include_endpoint);
|
|
if (cmp > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
min_list_index= list_index + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
max_list_index= list_index;
|
|
if (cmp == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
} while (max_list_index > min_list_index);
|
|
list_index= max_list_index;
|
|
|
|
/* Given value must be LESS THAN or EQUAL to the found partition. */
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(list_index == part_info->num_list_values ||
|
|
(0 >= cmp_rec_and_tuple_prune(list_col_array +
|
|
list_index*num_columns,
|
|
nparts, left_endpoint,
|
|
include_endpoint)));
|
|
/* Given value must be GREATER THAN the previous partition. */
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(list_index == 0 ||
|
|
(0 < cmp_rec_and_tuple_prune(list_col_array +
|
|
(list_index - 1)*num_columns,
|
|
nparts, left_endpoint,
|
|
include_endpoint)));
|
|
|
|
/* Include the right endpoint if not already passed end of array. */
|
|
if (!left_endpoint && include_endpoint && cmp == 0 &&
|
|
list_index < part_info->num_list_values)
|
|
list_index++;
|
|
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(list_index);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Find the sub-array part_info->list_array that corresponds to given interval.
|
|
|
|
@param part_info Partitioning info (partitioning type must be LIST)
|
|
@param left_endpoint TRUE - the interval is [a; +inf) or (a; +inf)
|
|
FALSE - the interval is (-inf; a] or (-inf; a)
|
|
@param include_endpoint TRUE iff the interval includes the endpoint
|
|
|
|
This function finds the sub-array of part_info->list_array where values of
|
|
list_array[idx].list_value are contained within the specifed interval.
|
|
list_array is ordered by list_value, so
|
|
1. For [a; +inf) or (a; +inf)-type intervals (left_endpoint==TRUE), the
|
|
sought sub-array starts at some index idx and continues till array end.
|
|
The function returns first number idx, such that
|
|
list_array[idx].list_value is contained within the passed interval.
|
|
|
|
2. For (-inf; a] or (-inf; a)-type intervals (left_endpoint==FALSE), the
|
|
sought sub-array starts at array start and continues till some last
|
|
index idx.
|
|
The function returns first number idx, such that
|
|
list_array[idx].list_value is NOT contained within the passed interval.
|
|
If all array elements are contained, part_info->num_list_values is
|
|
returned.
|
|
|
|
@note The caller will call this function and then will run along the
|
|
sub-array of list_array to collect partition ids. If the number of list
|
|
values is significantly higher then number of partitions, this could be slow
|
|
and we could invent some other approach. The "run over list array" part is
|
|
already wrapped in a get_next()-like function.
|
|
|
|
@return The index of corresponding sub-array of part_info->list_array.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
uint32 get_list_array_idx_for_endpoint_charset(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
bool left_endpoint,
|
|
bool include_endpoint)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32 res;
|
|
copy_to_part_field_buffers(part_info->part_field_array,
|
|
part_info->part_field_buffers,
|
|
part_info->restore_part_field_ptrs);
|
|
res= get_list_array_idx_for_endpoint(part_info, left_endpoint,
|
|
include_endpoint);
|
|
restore_part_field_pointers(part_info->part_field_array,
|
|
part_info->restore_part_field_ptrs);
|
|
return res;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32 get_list_array_idx_for_endpoint(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
bool left_endpoint,
|
|
bool include_endpoint)
|
|
{
|
|
LIST_PART_ENTRY *list_array= part_info->list_array;
|
|
uint list_index;
|
|
uint min_list_index= 0, max_list_index= part_info->num_list_values - 1;
|
|
longlong list_value;
|
|
/* Get the partitioning function value for the endpoint */
|
|
longlong part_func_value=
|
|
part_info->part_expr->val_int_endpoint(left_endpoint, &include_endpoint);
|
|
bool unsigned_flag= part_info->part_expr->unsigned_flag;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_list_array_idx_for_endpoint");
|
|
|
|
if (part_info->part_expr->null_value)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Special handling for MONOTONIC functions that can return NULL for
|
|
values that are comparable. I.e.
|
|
'2000-00-00' can be compared to '2000-01-01' but TO_DAYS('2000-00-00')
|
|
returns NULL which cannot be compared used <, >, <=, >= etc.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, just return the the first index (lowest value).
|
|
*/
|
|
enum_monotonicity_info monotonic;
|
|
monotonic= part_info->part_expr->get_monotonicity_info();
|
|
if (monotonic != MONOTONIC_INCREASING_NOT_NULL &&
|
|
monotonic != MONOTONIC_STRICT_INCREASING_NOT_NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* F(col) can not return NULL, return index with lowest value */
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (unsigned_flag)
|
|
part_func_value-= 0x8000000000000000ULL;
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->num_list_values);
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
list_index= (max_list_index + min_list_index) >> 1;
|
|
list_value= list_array[list_index].list_value;
|
|
if (list_value < part_func_value)
|
|
min_list_index= list_index + 1;
|
|
else if (list_value > part_func_value)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!list_index)
|
|
goto notfound;
|
|
max_list_index= list_index - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(list_index + MY_TEST(left_endpoint ^ include_endpoint));
|
|
}
|
|
} while (max_list_index >= min_list_index);
|
|
notfound:
|
|
if (list_value < part_func_value)
|
|
list_index++;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(list_index);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int get_partition_id_range_col(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint32 *part_id,
|
|
longlong *func_value)
|
|
{
|
|
part_column_list_val *range_col_array= part_info->range_col_array;
|
|
uint num_columns= part_info->part_field_list.elements;
|
|
uint max_partition= part_info->num_parts - 1;
|
|
uint min_part_id= 0;
|
|
uint max_part_id= max_partition;
|
|
uint loc_part_id;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_partition_id_range_col");
|
|
|
|
while (max_part_id > min_part_id)
|
|
{
|
|
loc_part_id= (max_part_id + min_part_id + 1) >> 1;
|
|
if (cmp_rec_and_tuple(range_col_array + loc_part_id*num_columns,
|
|
num_columns) >= 0)
|
|
min_part_id= loc_part_id + 1;
|
|
else
|
|
max_part_id= loc_part_id - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
loc_part_id= max_part_id;
|
|
if (loc_part_id != max_partition)
|
|
if (cmp_rec_and_tuple(range_col_array + loc_part_id*num_columns,
|
|
num_columns) >= 0)
|
|
loc_part_id++;
|
|
*part_id= (uint32)loc_part_id;
|
|
if (loc_part_id == max_partition &&
|
|
(cmp_rec_and_tuple(range_col_array + loc_part_id*num_columns,
|
|
num_columns) >= 0))
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND);
|
|
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("exit",("partition: %d", *part_id));
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int get_partition_id_range(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint32 *part_id,
|
|
longlong *func_value)
|
|
{
|
|
longlong *range_array= part_info->range_int_array;
|
|
uint max_partition= part_info->num_parts - 1;
|
|
uint min_part_id= 0;
|
|
uint max_part_id= max_partition;
|
|
uint loc_part_id;
|
|
longlong part_func_value;
|
|
int error= part_val_int(part_info->part_expr, &part_func_value);
|
|
bool unsigned_flag= part_info->part_expr->unsigned_flag;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_partition_id_range");
|
|
|
|
if (error)
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND);
|
|
|
|
if (part_info->part_expr->null_value)
|
|
{
|
|
*part_id= 0;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(0);
|
|
}
|
|
*func_value= part_func_value;
|
|
if (unsigned_flag)
|
|
part_func_value-= 0x8000000000000000ULL;
|
|
/* Search for the partition containing part_func_value */
|
|
while (max_part_id > min_part_id)
|
|
{
|
|
loc_part_id= (max_part_id + min_part_id) / 2;
|
|
if (range_array[loc_part_id] <= part_func_value)
|
|
min_part_id= loc_part_id + 1;
|
|
else
|
|
max_part_id= loc_part_id;
|
|
}
|
|
loc_part_id= max_part_id;
|
|
*part_id= (uint32)loc_part_id;
|
|
if (loc_part_id == max_partition &&
|
|
part_func_value >= range_array[loc_part_id] &&
|
|
!part_info->defined_max_value)
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(HA_ERR_NO_PARTITION_FOUND);
|
|
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("exit",("partition: %d", *part_id));
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Find the sub-array of part_info->range_int_array that covers given interval
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint()
|
|
part_info Partitioning info (partitioning type must be RANGE)
|
|
left_endpoint TRUE - the interval is [a; +inf) or (a; +inf)
|
|
FALSE - the interval is (-inf; a] or (-inf; a).
|
|
include_endpoint TRUE <=> the endpoint itself is included in the
|
|
interval
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
This function finds the sub-array of part_info->range_int_array where the
|
|
elements have non-empty intersections with the given interval.
|
|
|
|
A range_int_array element at index idx represents the interval
|
|
|
|
[range_int_array[idx-1], range_int_array[idx]),
|
|
|
|
intervals are disjoint and ordered by their right bound, so
|
|
|
|
1. For [a; +inf) or (a; +inf)-type intervals (left_endpoint==TRUE), the
|
|
sought sub-array starts at some index idx and continues till array end.
|
|
The function returns first number idx, such that the interval
|
|
represented by range_int_array[idx] has non empty intersection with
|
|
the passed interval.
|
|
|
|
2. For (-inf; a] or (-inf; a)-type intervals (left_endpoint==FALSE), the
|
|
sought sub-array starts at array start and continues till some last
|
|
index idx.
|
|
The function returns first number idx, such that the interval
|
|
represented by range_int_array[idx] has EMPTY intersection with the
|
|
passed interval.
|
|
If the interval represented by the last array element has non-empty
|
|
intersection with the passed interval, part_info->num_parts is
|
|
returned.
|
|
|
|
RETURN
|
|
The edge of corresponding part_info->range_int_array sub-array.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static uint32
|
|
get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint_charset(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
bool left_endpoint,
|
|
bool include_endpoint)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32 res;
|
|
copy_to_part_field_buffers(part_info->part_field_array,
|
|
part_info->part_field_buffers,
|
|
part_info->restore_part_field_ptrs);
|
|
res= get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint(part_info, left_endpoint,
|
|
include_endpoint);
|
|
restore_part_field_pointers(part_info->part_field_array,
|
|
part_info->restore_part_field_ptrs);
|
|
return res;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32 get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
bool left_endpoint,
|
|
bool include_endpoint)
|
|
{
|
|
longlong *range_array= part_info->range_int_array;
|
|
longlong part_end_val;
|
|
uint max_partition= part_info->num_parts - 1;
|
|
uint min_part_id= 0, max_part_id= max_partition, loc_part_id;
|
|
/* Get the partitioning function value for the endpoint */
|
|
longlong part_func_value=
|
|
part_info->part_expr->val_int_endpoint(left_endpoint, &include_endpoint);
|
|
|
|
bool unsigned_flag= part_info->part_expr->unsigned_flag;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint");
|
|
|
|
if (part_info->part_expr->null_value)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Special handling for MONOTONIC functions that can return NULL for
|
|
values that are comparable. I.e.
|
|
'2000-00-00' can be compared to '2000-01-01' but TO_DAYS('2000-00-00')
|
|
returns NULL which cannot be compared used <, >, <=, >= etc.
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, just return the first partition
|
|
(may be included if not left endpoint)
|
|
*/
|
|
enum_monotonicity_info monotonic;
|
|
monotonic= part_info->part_expr->get_monotonicity_info();
|
|
if (monotonic != MONOTONIC_INCREASING_NOT_NULL &&
|
|
monotonic != MONOTONIC_STRICT_INCREASING_NOT_NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* F(col) can not return NULL, return partition with lowest value */
|
|
if (!left_endpoint && include_endpoint)
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(1);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (unsigned_flag)
|
|
part_func_value-= 0x8000000000000000ULL;
|
|
if (left_endpoint && !include_endpoint)
|
|
part_func_value++;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Search for the partition containing part_func_value
|
|
(including the right endpoint).
|
|
*/
|
|
while (max_part_id > min_part_id)
|
|
{
|
|
loc_part_id= (max_part_id + min_part_id) / 2;
|
|
if (range_array[loc_part_id] < part_func_value)
|
|
min_part_id= loc_part_id + 1;
|
|
else
|
|
max_part_id= loc_part_id;
|
|
}
|
|
loc_part_id= max_part_id;
|
|
|
|
/* Adjust for endpoints */
|
|
part_end_val= range_array[loc_part_id];
|
|
if (left_endpoint)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_func_value > part_end_val ?
|
|
(loc_part_id == max_partition &&
|
|
!part_info->defined_max_value) :
|
|
1);
|
|
/*
|
|
In case of PARTITION p VALUES LESS THAN MAXVALUE
|
|
the maximum value is in the current (last) partition.
|
|
If value is equal or greater than the endpoint,
|
|
the range starts from the next partition.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (part_func_value >= part_end_val &&
|
|
(loc_part_id < max_partition || !part_info->defined_max_value))
|
|
loc_part_id++;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* if 'WHERE <= X' and partition is LESS THAN (X) include next partition */
|
|
if (include_endpoint && loc_part_id < max_partition &&
|
|
part_func_value == part_end_val)
|
|
loc_part_id++;
|
|
|
|
/* Right endpoint, set end after correct partition */
|
|
loc_part_id++;
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(loc_part_id);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int get_partition_id_hash_nosub(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint32 *part_id,
|
|
longlong *func_value)
|
|
{
|
|
return get_part_id_hash(part_info->num_parts, part_info->part_expr,
|
|
part_id, func_value);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int get_partition_id_linear_hash_nosub(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint32 *part_id,
|
|
longlong *func_value)
|
|
{
|
|
return get_part_id_linear_hash(part_info, part_info->num_parts,
|
|
part_info->part_expr, part_id, func_value);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int get_partition_id_key_nosub(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint32 *part_id,
|
|
longlong *func_value)
|
|
{
|
|
*part_id= get_part_id_key(part_info->table->file,
|
|
part_info->part_field_array,
|
|
part_info->num_parts, func_value);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int get_partition_id_linear_key_nosub(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint32 *part_id,
|
|
longlong *func_value)
|
|
{
|
|
*part_id= get_part_id_linear_key(part_info,
|
|
part_info->part_field_array,
|
|
part_info->num_parts, func_value);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int get_partition_id_with_sub(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint32 *part_id,
|
|
longlong *func_value)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32 loc_part_id, sub_part_id;
|
|
uint num_subparts;
|
|
int error;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_partition_id_with_sub");
|
|
|
|
if (unlikely((error= part_info->get_part_partition_id(part_info,
|
|
&loc_part_id,
|
|
func_value))))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(error);
|
|
}
|
|
num_subparts= part_info->num_subparts;
|
|
if (unlikely((error= part_info->get_subpartition_id(part_info,
|
|
&sub_part_id))))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(error);
|
|
}
|
|
*part_id= get_part_id_for_sub(loc_part_id, sub_part_id, num_subparts);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
This function is used to calculate the subpartition id
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_subpartition_id()
|
|
part_info A reference to the partition_info struct where all the
|
|
desired information is given
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
part_id The subpartition identity
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
A routine used in some SELECT's when only partial knowledge of the
|
|
partitions is known.
|
|
|
|
It is actually 4 different variants of this function which are called
|
|
through a function pointer.
|
|
|
|
get_partition_id_hash_sub
|
|
get_partition_id_key_sub
|
|
get_partition_id_linear_hash_sub
|
|
get_partition_id_linear_key_sub
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int get_partition_id_hash_sub(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint32 *part_id)
|
|
{
|
|
longlong func_value;
|
|
return get_part_id_hash(part_info->num_subparts, part_info->subpart_expr,
|
|
part_id, &func_value);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int get_partition_id_linear_hash_sub(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint32 *part_id)
|
|
{
|
|
longlong func_value;
|
|
return get_part_id_linear_hash(part_info, part_info->num_subparts,
|
|
part_info->subpart_expr, part_id,
|
|
&func_value);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int get_partition_id_key_sub(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint32 *part_id)
|
|
{
|
|
longlong func_value;
|
|
*part_id= get_part_id_key(part_info->table->file,
|
|
part_info->subpart_field_array,
|
|
part_info->num_subparts, &func_value);
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int get_partition_id_linear_key_sub(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
uint32 *part_id)
|
|
{
|
|
longlong func_value;
|
|
*part_id= get_part_id_linear_key(part_info,
|
|
part_info->subpart_field_array,
|
|
part_info->num_subparts, &func_value);
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Set an indicator on all partition fields that are set by the key
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
set_PF_fields_in_key()
|
|
key_info Information about the index
|
|
key_length Length of key
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
TRUE Found partition field set by key
|
|
FALSE No partition field set by key
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool set_PF_fields_in_key(KEY *key_info, uint key_length)
|
|
{
|
|
KEY_PART_INFO *key_part;
|
|
bool found_part_field= FALSE;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("set_PF_fields_in_key");
|
|
|
|
for (key_part= key_info->key_part; (int)key_length > 0; key_part++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (key_part->null_bit)
|
|
key_length--;
|
|
if (key_part->type == HA_KEYTYPE_BIT)
|
|
{
|
|
if (((Field_bit*)key_part->field)->bit_len)
|
|
key_length--;
|
|
}
|
|
if (key_part->key_part_flag & (HA_BLOB_PART + HA_VAR_LENGTH_PART))
|
|
{
|
|
key_length-= HA_KEY_BLOB_LENGTH;
|
|
}
|
|
if (key_length < key_part->length)
|
|
break;
|
|
key_length-= key_part->length;
|
|
if (key_part->field->flags & FIELD_IN_PART_FUNC_FLAG)
|
|
{
|
|
found_part_field= TRUE;
|
|
key_part->field->flags|= GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(found_part_field);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
We have found that at least one partition field was set by a key, now
|
|
check if a partition function has all its fields bound or not.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
check_part_func_bound()
|
|
ptr Array of fields NULL terminated (partition fields)
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
TRUE All fields in partition function are set
|
|
FALSE Not all fields in partition function are set
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool check_part_func_bound(Field **ptr)
|
|
{
|
|
bool result= TRUE;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("check_part_func_bound");
|
|
|
|
for (; *ptr; ptr++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!((*ptr)->flags & GET_FIXED_FIELDS_FLAG))
|
|
{
|
|
result= FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Get the id of the subpartitioning part by using the key buffer of the
|
|
index scan.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_sub_part_id_from_key()
|
|
table The table object
|
|
buf A buffer that can be used to evaluate the partition function
|
|
key_info The index object
|
|
key_spec A key_range containing key and key length
|
|
out:part_id The returned partition id
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE All fields in partition function are set
|
|
FALSE Not all fields in partition function are set
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Use key buffer to set-up record in buf, move field pointers and
|
|
get the partition identity and restore field pointers afterwards.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int get_sub_part_id_from_key(const TABLE *table,uchar *buf,
|
|
KEY *key_info,
|
|
const key_range *key_spec,
|
|
uint32 *part_id)
|
|
{
|
|
uchar *rec0= table->record[0];
|
|
partition_info *part_info= table->part_info;
|
|
int res;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_sub_part_id_from_key");
|
|
|
|
key_restore(buf, (uchar*)key_spec->key, key_info, key_spec->length);
|
|
if (likely(rec0 == buf))
|
|
{
|
|
res= part_info->get_subpartition_id(part_info, part_id);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Field **part_field_array= part_info->subpart_field_array;
|
|
part_info->table->move_fields(part_field_array, buf, rec0);
|
|
res= part_info->get_subpartition_id(part_info, part_id);
|
|
part_info->table->move_fields(part_field_array, rec0, buf);
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Get the id of the partitioning part by using the key buffer of the
|
|
index scan.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_part_id_from_key()
|
|
table The table object
|
|
buf A buffer that can be used to evaluate the partition function
|
|
key_info The index object
|
|
key_spec A key_range containing key and key length
|
|
out:part_id Partition to use
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Partition to use not found
|
|
FALSE Ok, part_id indicates partition to use
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Use key buffer to set-up record in buf, move field pointers and
|
|
get the partition identity and restore field pointers afterwards.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool get_part_id_from_key(const TABLE *table, uchar *buf, KEY *key_info,
|
|
const key_range *key_spec, uint32 *part_id)
|
|
{
|
|
bool result;
|
|
uchar *rec0= table->record[0];
|
|
partition_info *part_info= table->part_info;
|
|
longlong func_value;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_part_id_from_key");
|
|
|
|
key_restore(buf, (uchar*)key_spec->key, key_info, key_spec->length);
|
|
if (likely(rec0 == buf))
|
|
{
|
|
result= part_info->get_part_partition_id(part_info, part_id,
|
|
&func_value);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Field **part_field_array= part_info->part_field_array;
|
|
part_info->table->move_fields(part_field_array, buf, rec0);
|
|
result= part_info->get_part_partition_id(part_info, part_id,
|
|
&func_value);
|
|
part_info->table->move_fields(part_field_array, rec0, buf);
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Get the partitioning id of the full PF by using the key buffer of the
|
|
index scan.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_full_part_id_from_key()
|
|
table The table object
|
|
buf A buffer that is used to evaluate the partition function
|
|
key_info The index object
|
|
key_spec A key_range containing key and key length
|
|
out:part_spec A partition id containing start part and end part
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
part_spec
|
|
No partitions to scan is indicated by end_part > start_part when returning
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Use key buffer to set-up record in buf, move field pointers if needed and
|
|
get the partition identity and restore field pointers afterwards.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void get_full_part_id_from_key(const TABLE *table, uchar *buf,
|
|
KEY *key_info,
|
|
const key_range *key_spec,
|
|
part_id_range *part_spec)
|
|
{
|
|
bool result;
|
|
partition_info *part_info= table->part_info;
|
|
uchar *rec0= table->record[0];
|
|
longlong func_value;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_full_part_id_from_key");
|
|
|
|
key_restore(buf, (uchar*)key_spec->key, key_info, key_spec->length);
|
|
if (likely(rec0 == buf))
|
|
{
|
|
result= part_info->get_partition_id(part_info, &part_spec->start_part,
|
|
&func_value);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
Field **part_field_array= part_info->full_part_field_array;
|
|
part_info->table->move_fields(part_field_array, buf, rec0);
|
|
result= part_info->get_partition_id(part_info, &part_spec->start_part,
|
|
&func_value);
|
|
part_info->table->move_fields(part_field_array, rec0, buf);
|
|
}
|
|
part_spec->end_part= part_spec->start_part;
|
|
if (unlikely(result))
|
|
part_spec->start_part++;
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@brief Verify that all rows in a table is in the given partition
|
|
|
|
@param table Table which contains the data that will be checked if
|
|
it is matching the partition definition.
|
|
@param part_table Partitioned table containing the partition to check.
|
|
@param part_id Which partition to match with.
|
|
|
|
@return Operation status
|
|
@retval TRUE Not all rows match the given partition
|
|
@retval FALSE OK
|
|
*/
|
|
bool verify_data_with_partition(TABLE *table, TABLE *part_table,
|
|
uint32 part_id)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32 found_part_id;
|
|
longlong func_value; /* Unused */
|
|
handler *file;
|
|
int error;
|
|
uchar *old_rec;
|
|
partition_info *part_info;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("verify_data_with_partition");
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(table && table->file && part_table && part_table->part_info &&
|
|
part_table->file);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Verify all table rows.
|
|
First implementation uses full scan + evaluates partition functions for
|
|
every row. TODO: add optimization to use index if possible, see WL#5397.
|
|
|
|
1) Open both tables (already done) and set the row buffers to use
|
|
the same buffer (to avoid copy).
|
|
2) Init rnd on table.
|
|
3) loop over all rows.
|
|
3.1) verify that partition_id on the row is correct. Break if error.
|
|
*/
|
|
file= table->file;
|
|
part_info= part_table->part_info;
|
|
bitmap_union(table->read_set, &part_info->full_part_field_set);
|
|
old_rec= part_table->record[0];
|
|
part_table->record[0]= table->record[0];
|
|
part_info->table->move_fields(part_info->full_part_field_array, table->record[0], old_rec);
|
|
if ((error= file->ha_rnd_init(TRUE)))
|
|
{
|
|
file->print_error(error, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
if ((error= file->ha_rnd_next(table->record[0])))
|
|
{
|
|
if (error == HA_ERR_RECORD_DELETED)
|
|
continue;
|
|
if (error == HA_ERR_END_OF_FILE)
|
|
error= 0;
|
|
else
|
|
file->print_error(error, MYF(0));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if ((error= part_info->get_partition_id(part_info, &found_part_id,
|
|
&func_value)))
|
|
{
|
|
part_table->file->print_error(error, MYF(0));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
DEBUG_SYNC(current_thd, "swap_partition_first_row_read");
|
|
if (found_part_id != part_id)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_ROW_DOES_NOT_MATCH_PARTITION, MYF(0));
|
|
error= 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
} while (TRUE);
|
|
(void) file->ha_rnd_end();
|
|
err:
|
|
part_info->table->move_fields(part_info->full_part_field_array, old_rec,
|
|
table->record[0]);
|
|
part_table->record[0]= old_rec;
|
|
if (error)
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Prune the set of partitions to use in query
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
prune_partition_set()
|
|
table The table object
|
|
out:part_spec Contains start part, end part
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
This function is called to prune the range of partitions to scan by
|
|
checking the read_partitions bitmap.
|
|
If start_part > end_part at return it means no partition needs to be
|
|
scanned. If start_part == end_part it always means a single partition
|
|
needs to be scanned.
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
part_spec
|
|
*/
|
|
void prune_partition_set(const TABLE *table, part_id_range *part_spec)
|
|
{
|
|
int last_partition= -1;
|
|
uint i;
|
|
partition_info *part_info= table->part_info;
|
|
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("prune_partition_set");
|
|
for (i= part_spec->start_part; i <= part_spec->end_part; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (bitmap_is_set(&(part_info->read_partitions), i))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Partition %d is set", i));
|
|
if (last_partition == -1)
|
|
/* First partition found in set and pruned bitmap */
|
|
part_spec->start_part= i;
|
|
last_partition= i;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (last_partition == -1)
|
|
/* No partition found in pruned bitmap */
|
|
part_spec->start_part= part_spec->end_part + 1;
|
|
else //if (last_partition != -1)
|
|
part_spec->end_part= last_partition;
|
|
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Get the set of partitions to use in query.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_partition_set()
|
|
table The table object
|
|
buf A buffer that can be used to evaluate the partition function
|
|
index The index of the key used, if MAX_KEY no index used
|
|
key_spec A key_range containing key and key length
|
|
out:part_spec Contains start part, end part and indicator if bitmap is
|
|
used for which partitions to scan
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
This function is called to discover which partitions to use in an index
|
|
scan or a full table scan.
|
|
It returns a range of partitions to scan. If there are holes in this
|
|
range with partitions that are not needed to scan a bit array is used
|
|
to signal which partitions to use and which not to use.
|
|
If start_part > end_part at return it means no partition needs to be
|
|
scanned. If start_part == end_part it always means a single partition
|
|
needs to be scanned.
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
part_spec
|
|
*/
|
|
void get_partition_set(const TABLE *table, uchar *buf, const uint index,
|
|
const key_range *key_spec, part_id_range *part_spec)
|
|
{
|
|
partition_info *part_info= table->part_info;
|
|
uint num_parts= part_info->get_tot_partitions();
|
|
uint i, part_id;
|
|
uint sub_part= num_parts;
|
|
uint32 part_part= num_parts;
|
|
KEY *key_info= NULL;
|
|
bool found_part_field= FALSE;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_partition_set");
|
|
|
|
part_spec->start_part= 0;
|
|
part_spec->end_part= num_parts - 1;
|
|
if ((index < MAX_KEY) &&
|
|
key_spec && key_spec->flag == (uint)HA_READ_KEY_EXACT &&
|
|
part_info->some_fields_in_PF.is_set(index))
|
|
{
|
|
key_info= table->key_info+index;
|
|
/*
|
|
The index can potentially provide at least one PF-field (field in the
|
|
partition function). Thus it is interesting to continue our probe.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (key_spec->length == key_info->key_length)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
The entire key is set so we can check whether we can immediately
|
|
derive either the complete PF or if we can derive either
|
|
the top PF or the subpartitioning PF. This can be established by
|
|
checking precalculated bits on each index.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (part_info->all_fields_in_PF.is_set(index))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
We can derive the exact partition to use, no more than this one
|
|
is needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_full_part_id_from_key(table,buf,key_info,key_spec,part_spec);
|
|
/*
|
|
Check if range can be adjusted by looking in read_partitions
|
|
*/
|
|
prune_partition_set(table, part_spec);
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned())
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->all_fields_in_SPF.is_set(index))
|
|
{
|
|
if (get_sub_part_id_from_key(table, buf, key_info, key_spec, &sub_part))
|
|
{
|
|
part_spec->start_part= num_parts;
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (part_info->all_fields_in_PPF.is_set(index))
|
|
{
|
|
if (get_part_id_from_key(table,buf,key_info,
|
|
key_spec,(uint32*)&part_part))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
The value of the RANGE or LIST partitioning was outside of
|
|
allowed values. Thus it is certain that the result of this
|
|
scan will be empty.
|
|
*/
|
|
part_spec->start_part= num_parts;
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Set an indicator on all partition fields that are bound.
|
|
If at least one PF-field was bound it pays off to check whether
|
|
the PF or PPF or SPF has been bound.
|
|
(PF = Partition Function, SPF = Subpartition Function and
|
|
PPF = Partition Function part of subpartitioning)
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((found_part_field= set_PF_fields_in_key(key_info,
|
|
key_spec->length)))
|
|
{
|
|
if (check_part_func_bound(part_info->full_part_field_array))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
We were able to bind all fields in the partition function even
|
|
by using only a part of the key. Calculate the partition to use.
|
|
*/
|
|
get_full_part_id_from_key(table,buf,key_info,key_spec,part_spec);
|
|
clear_indicator_in_key_fields(key_info);
|
|
/*
|
|
Check if range can be adjusted by looking in read_partitions
|
|
*/
|
|
prune_partition_set(table, part_spec);
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned())
|
|
{
|
|
if (check_part_func_bound(part_info->subpart_field_array))
|
|
{
|
|
if (get_sub_part_id_from_key(table, buf, key_info, key_spec, &sub_part))
|
|
{
|
|
part_spec->start_part= num_parts;
|
|
clear_indicator_in_key_fields(key_info);
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (check_part_func_bound(part_info->part_field_array))
|
|
{
|
|
if (get_part_id_from_key(table,buf,key_info,key_spec,&part_part))
|
|
{
|
|
part_spec->start_part= num_parts;
|
|
clear_indicator_in_key_fields(key_info);
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
The next step is to analyse the table condition to see whether any
|
|
information about which partitions to scan can be derived from there.
|
|
Currently not implemented.
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
If we come here we have found a range of sorts we have either discovered
|
|
nothing or we have discovered a range of partitions with possible holes
|
|
in it. We need a bitvector to further the work here.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!(part_part == num_parts && sub_part == num_parts))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
We can only arrive here if we are using subpartitioning.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (part_part != num_parts)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
We know the top partition and need to scan all underlying
|
|
subpartitions. This is a range without holes.
|
|
*/
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(sub_part == num_parts);
|
|
part_spec->start_part= part_part * part_info->num_subparts;
|
|
part_spec->end_part= part_spec->start_part+part_info->num_subparts - 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(sub_part != num_parts);
|
|
part_spec->start_part= sub_part;
|
|
part_spec->end_part=sub_part+
|
|
(part_info->num_subparts*(part_info->num_parts-1));
|
|
for (i= 0, part_id= sub_part; i < part_info->num_parts;
|
|
i++, part_id+= part_info->num_subparts)
|
|
; //Set bit part_id in bit array
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (found_part_field)
|
|
clear_indicator_in_key_fields(key_info);
|
|
/*
|
|
Check if range can be adjusted by looking in read_partitions
|
|
*/
|
|
prune_partition_set(table, part_spec);
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
If the table is partitioned we will read the partition info into the
|
|
.frm file here.
|
|
-------------------------------
|
|
| Fileinfo 64 bytes |
|
|
-------------------------------
|
|
| Formnames 7 bytes |
|
|
-------------------------------
|
|
| Not used 4021 bytes |
|
|
-------------------------------
|
|
| Keyinfo + record |
|
|
-------------------------------
|
|
| Padded to next multiple |
|
|
| of IO_SIZE |
|
|
-------------------------------
|
|
| Forminfo 288 bytes |
|
|
-------------------------------
|
|
| Screen buffer, to make |
|
|
|field names readable |
|
|
-------------------------------
|
|
| Packed field info |
|
|
|17 + 1 + strlen(field_name) |
|
|
| + 1 end of file character |
|
|
-------------------------------
|
|
| Partition info |
|
|
-------------------------------
|
|
We provide the length of partition length in Fileinfo[55-58].
|
|
|
|
Read the partition syntax from the frm file and parse it to get the
|
|
data structures of the partitioning.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
mysql_unpack_partition()
|
|
thd Thread object
|
|
part_buf Partition info from frm file
|
|
part_info_len Length of partition syntax
|
|
table Table object of partitioned table
|
|
create_table_ind Is it called from CREATE TABLE
|
|
default_db_type What is the default engine of the table
|
|
work_part_info_used Flag is raised if we don't create new
|
|
part_info, but used thd->work_part_info
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
TRUE Error
|
|
FALSE Sucess
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Read the partition syntax from the current position in the frm file.
|
|
Initiate a LEX object, save the list of item tree objects to free after
|
|
the query is done. Set-up partition info object such that parser knows
|
|
it is called from internally. Call parser to create data structures
|
|
(best possible recreation of item trees and so forth since there is no
|
|
serialisation of these objects other than in parseable text format).
|
|
We need to save the text of the partition functions since it is not
|
|
possible to retrace this given an item tree.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool mysql_unpack_partition(THD *thd,
|
|
char *part_buf, uint part_info_len,
|
|
TABLE* table, bool is_create_table_ind,
|
|
handlerton *default_db_type,
|
|
bool *work_part_info_used)
|
|
{
|
|
bool result= TRUE;
|
|
partition_info *part_info;
|
|
CHARSET_INFO *old_character_set_client=
|
|
thd->variables.character_set_client;
|
|
LEX *old_lex= thd->lex;
|
|
LEX lex;
|
|
PSI_statement_locker *parent_locker= thd->m_statement_psi;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("mysql_unpack_partition");
|
|
|
|
thd->variables.character_set_client= system_charset_info;
|
|
|
|
Parser_state parser_state;
|
|
if (parser_state.init(thd, part_buf, part_info_len))
|
|
goto end;
|
|
|
|
if (init_lex_with_single_table(thd, table, &lex))
|
|
goto end;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
All Items created is put into a free list on the THD object. This list
|
|
is used to free all Item objects after completing a query. We don't
|
|
want that to happen with the Item tree created as part of the partition
|
|
info. This should be attached to the table object and remain so until
|
|
the table object is released.
|
|
Thus we move away the current list temporarily and start a new list that
|
|
we then save in the partition info structure.
|
|
*/
|
|
*work_part_info_used= FALSE;
|
|
lex.part_info= new partition_info();/* Indicates MYSQLparse from this place */
|
|
if (!lex.part_info)
|
|
{
|
|
mem_alloc_error(sizeof(partition_info));
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
part_info= lex.part_info;
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Parse: %s", part_buf));
|
|
|
|
thd->m_statement_psi= NULL;
|
|
if (parse_sql(thd, & parser_state, NULL) ||
|
|
part_info->fix_parser_data(thd))
|
|
{
|
|
thd->free_items();
|
|
thd->m_statement_psi= parent_locker;
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
thd->m_statement_psi= parent_locker;
|
|
/*
|
|
The parsed syntax residing in the frm file can still contain defaults.
|
|
The reason is that the frm file is sometimes saved outside of this
|
|
MySQL Server and used in backup and restore of clusters or partitioned
|
|
tables. It is not certain that the restore will restore exactly the
|
|
same default partitioning.
|
|
|
|
The easiest manner of handling this is to simply continue using the
|
|
part_info we already built up during mysql_create_table if we are
|
|
in the process of creating a table. If the table already exists we
|
|
need to discover the number of partitions for the default parts. Since
|
|
the handler object hasn't been created here yet we need to postpone this
|
|
to the fix_partition_func method.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Successful parse"));
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("default engine = %s, default_db_type = %s",
|
|
ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(part_info->default_engine_type),
|
|
ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(default_db_type)));
|
|
if (is_create_table_ind && old_lex->sql_command == SQLCOM_CREATE_TABLE)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
When we come here we are doing a create table. In this case we
|
|
have already done some preparatory work on the old part_info
|
|
object. We don't really need this new partition_info object.
|
|
Thus we go back to the old partition info object.
|
|
We need to free any memory objects allocated on item_free_list
|
|
by the parser since we are keeping the old info from the first
|
|
parser call in CREATE TABLE.
|
|
|
|
This table object can not be used any more. However, since
|
|
this is CREATE TABLE, we know that it will be destroyed by the
|
|
caller, and rely on that.
|
|
*/
|
|
thd->free_items();
|
|
part_info= thd->work_part_info;
|
|
*work_part_info_used= true;
|
|
}
|
|
table->part_info= part_info;
|
|
part_info->table= table;
|
|
table->file->set_part_info(part_info);
|
|
if (!part_info->default_engine_type)
|
|
part_info->default_engine_type= default_db_type;
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->default_engine_type == default_db_type);
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->default_engine_type->db_type != DB_TYPE_UNKNOWN);
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->default_engine_type != partition_hton);
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
This code part allocates memory for the serialised item information for
|
|
the partition functions. In most cases this is not needed but if the
|
|
table is used for SHOW CREATE TABLES or ALTER TABLE that modifies
|
|
partition information it is needed and the info is lost if we don't
|
|
save it here so unfortunately we have to do it here even if in most
|
|
cases it is not needed. This is a consequence of that item trees are
|
|
not serialisable.
|
|
*/
|
|
uint part_func_len= part_info->part_func_len;
|
|
uint subpart_func_len= part_info->subpart_func_len;
|
|
char *part_func_string= NULL;
|
|
char *subpart_func_string= NULL;
|
|
if ((part_func_len &&
|
|
!((part_func_string= (char*) thd->alloc(part_func_len)))) ||
|
|
(subpart_func_len &&
|
|
!((subpart_func_string= (char*) thd->alloc(subpart_func_len)))))
|
|
{
|
|
mem_alloc_error(part_func_len);
|
|
thd->free_items();
|
|
goto end;
|
|
}
|
|
if (part_func_len)
|
|
memcpy(part_func_string, part_info->part_func_string, part_func_len);
|
|
if (subpart_func_len)
|
|
memcpy(subpart_func_string, part_info->subpart_func_string,
|
|
subpart_func_len);
|
|
part_info->part_func_string= part_func_string;
|
|
part_info->subpart_func_string= subpart_func_string;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
result= FALSE;
|
|
end:
|
|
end_lex_with_single_table(thd, table, old_lex);
|
|
thd->variables.character_set_client= old_character_set_client;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Set engine type on all partition element objects
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
set_engine_all_partitions()
|
|
part_info Partition info
|
|
engine_type Handlerton reference of engine
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
NONE
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
void
|
|
set_engine_all_partitions(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
handlerton *engine_type)
|
|
{
|
|
uint i= 0;
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> part_it(part_info->partitions);
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
partition_element *part_elem= part_it++;
|
|
|
|
part_elem->engine_type= engine_type;
|
|
if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned())
|
|
{
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> sub_it(part_elem->subpartitions);
|
|
uint j= 0;
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
partition_element *sub_elem= sub_it++;
|
|
|
|
sub_elem->engine_type= engine_type;
|
|
} while (++j < part_info->num_subparts);
|
|
}
|
|
} while (++i < part_info->num_parts);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Support routine to handle the successful cases for partition management.
|
|
|
|
@param thd Thread object
|
|
@param copied Number of records copied
|
|
@param deleted Number of records deleted
|
|
@param table_list Table list with the one table in it
|
|
|
|
@return Operation status
|
|
@retval FALSE Success
|
|
@retval TRUE Failure
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int fast_end_partition(THD *thd, ulonglong copied,
|
|
ulonglong deleted,
|
|
TABLE_LIST *table_list)
|
|
{
|
|
char tmp_name[80];
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("fast_end_partition");
|
|
|
|
thd->proc_info="end";
|
|
|
|
query_cache_invalidate3(thd, table_list, 0);
|
|
|
|
my_snprintf(tmp_name, sizeof(tmp_name), ER_THD(thd, ER_INSERT_INFO),
|
|
(ulong) (copied + deleted),
|
|
(ulong) deleted,
|
|
(ulong) 0);
|
|
my_ok(thd, (ha_rows) (copied+deleted),0L, tmp_name);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
We need to check if engine used by all partitions can handle
|
|
partitioning natively.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
check_native_partitioned()
|
|
create_info Create info in CREATE TABLE
|
|
out:ret_val Return value
|
|
part_info Partition info
|
|
thd Thread object
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
Value returned in bool ret_value
|
|
TRUE Native partitioning supported by engine
|
|
FALSE Need to use partition handler
|
|
|
|
Return value from function
|
|
TRUE Error
|
|
FALSE Success
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool check_native_partitioned(HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,bool *ret_val,
|
|
partition_info *part_info, THD *thd)
|
|
{
|
|
bool table_engine_set;
|
|
handlerton *engine_type= part_info->default_engine_type;
|
|
handlerton *old_engine_type= engine_type;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("check_native_partitioned");
|
|
|
|
if (create_info->used_fields & HA_CREATE_USED_ENGINE)
|
|
{
|
|
table_engine_set= TRUE;
|
|
engine_type= create_info->db_type;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
table_engine_set= FALSE;
|
|
if (thd->lex->sql_command != SQLCOM_CREATE_TABLE)
|
|
{
|
|
table_engine_set= TRUE;
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(engine_type && engine_type != partition_hton);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("engine_type = %s, table_engine_set = %u",
|
|
ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(engine_type),
|
|
table_engine_set));
|
|
if (part_info->check_engine_mix(engine_type, table_engine_set))
|
|
goto error;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
All engines are of the same type. Check if this engine supports
|
|
native partitioning.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (!engine_type)
|
|
engine_type= old_engine_type;
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("engine_type = %s",
|
|
ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(engine_type)));
|
|
if (engine_type->partition_flags &&
|
|
(engine_type->partition_flags() & HA_CAN_PARTITION))
|
|
{
|
|
create_info->db_type= engine_type;
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Changed to native partitioning"));
|
|
*ret_val= TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
error:
|
|
/*
|
|
Mixed engines not yet supported but when supported it will need
|
|
the partition handler
|
|
*/
|
|
my_error(ER_MIX_HANDLER_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
*ret_val= FALSE;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Sets which partitions to be used in the command.
|
|
|
|
@param alter_info Alter_info pointer holding partition names and flags.
|
|
@param tab_part_info partition_info holding all partitions.
|
|
@param part_state Which state to set for the named partitions.
|
|
|
|
@return Operation status
|
|
@retval false Success
|
|
@retval true Failure
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool set_part_state(Alter_info *alter_info, partition_info *tab_part_info,
|
|
enum partition_state part_state)
|
|
{
|
|
uint part_count= 0;
|
|
uint num_parts_found= 0;
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> part_it(tab_part_info->partitions);
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
partition_element *part_elem= part_it++;
|
|
if ((alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_ALL_PARTITION) ||
|
|
(is_name_in_list(part_elem->partition_name,
|
|
alter_info->partition_names)))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Mark the partition.
|
|
I.e mark the partition as a partition to be "changed" by
|
|
analyzing/optimizing/rebuilding/checking/repairing/...
|
|
*/
|
|
num_parts_found++;
|
|
part_elem->part_state= part_state;
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Setting part_state to %u for partition %s",
|
|
part_state, part_elem->partition_name));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
part_elem->part_state= PART_NORMAL;
|
|
} while (++part_count < tab_part_info->num_parts);
|
|
|
|
if (num_parts_found != alter_info->partition_names.elements &&
|
|
!(alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_ALL_PARTITION))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Not all given partitions found, revert and return failure */
|
|
part_it.rewind();
|
|
part_count= 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
partition_element *part_elem= part_it++;
|
|
part_elem->part_state= PART_NORMAL;
|
|
} while (++part_count < tab_part_info->num_parts);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
@brief Check if partition is exchangable with table by checking table options
|
|
|
|
@param table_create_info Table options from table.
|
|
@param part_elem All the info of the partition.
|
|
|
|
@retval FALSE if they are equal, otherwise TRUE.
|
|
|
|
@note Any differens that would cause a change in the frm file is prohibited.
|
|
Such options as data_file_name, index_file_name, min_rows, max_rows etc. are
|
|
not allowed to differ. But comment is allowed to differ.
|
|
*/
|
|
bool compare_partition_options(HA_CREATE_INFO *table_create_info,
|
|
partition_element *part_elem)
|
|
{
|
|
#define MAX_COMPARE_PARTITION_OPTION_ERRORS 5
|
|
const char *option_diffs[MAX_COMPARE_PARTITION_OPTION_ERRORS + 1];
|
|
int i, errors= 0;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("compare_partition_options");
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(!part_elem->tablespace_name &&
|
|
!table_create_info->tablespace);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Note that there are not yet any engine supporting tablespace together
|
|
with partitioning. TODO: when there are, add compare.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (part_elem->tablespace_name || table_create_info->tablespace)
|
|
option_diffs[errors++]= "TABLESPACE";
|
|
if (part_elem->part_max_rows != table_create_info->max_rows)
|
|
option_diffs[errors++]= "MAX_ROWS";
|
|
if (part_elem->part_min_rows != table_create_info->min_rows)
|
|
option_diffs[errors++]= "MIN_ROWS";
|
|
if (part_elem->data_file_name || table_create_info->data_file_name)
|
|
option_diffs[errors++]= "DATA DIRECTORY";
|
|
if (part_elem->index_file_name || table_create_info->index_file_name)
|
|
option_diffs[errors++]= "INDEX DIRECTORY";
|
|
|
|
for (i= 0; i < errors; i++)
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_EXCHANGE_DIFFERENT_OPTION, MYF(0),
|
|
option_diffs[i]);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(errors != 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Prepare for ALTER TABLE of partition structure
|
|
|
|
@param[in] thd Thread object
|
|
@param[in] table Table object
|
|
@param[in,out] alter_info Alter information
|
|
@param[in,out] create_info Create info for CREATE TABLE
|
|
@param[in] alter_ctx ALTER TABLE runtime context
|
|
@param[out] partition_changed Boolean indicating whether partition changed
|
|
@param[out] fast_alter_table Boolean indicating if fast partition alter is
|
|
possible.
|
|
|
|
@return Operation status
|
|
@retval TRUE Error
|
|
@retval FALSE Success
|
|
|
|
@note
|
|
This method handles all preparations for ALTER TABLE for partitioned
|
|
tables.
|
|
We need to handle both partition management command such as Add Partition
|
|
and others here as well as an ALTER TABLE that completely changes the
|
|
partitioning and yet others that don't change anything at all. We start
|
|
by checking the partition management variants and then check the general
|
|
change patterns.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
uint prep_alter_part_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table, Alter_info *alter_info,
|
|
HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
|
|
Alter_table_ctx *alter_ctx,
|
|
bool *partition_changed,
|
|
bool *fast_alter_table)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("prep_alter_part_table");
|
|
|
|
/* Foreign keys on partitioned tables are not supported, waits for WL#148 */
|
|
if (table->part_info && (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ADD_FOREIGN_KEY ||
|
|
alter_info->flags & Alter_info::DROP_FOREIGN_KEY))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_FOREIGN_KEY_ON_PARTITIONED, MYF(0));
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
/* Remove partitioning on a not partitioned table is not possible */
|
|
if (!table->part_info && (alter_info->flags &
|
|
Alter_info::ALTER_REMOVE_PARTITIONING))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_MGMT_ON_NONPARTITIONED, MYF(0));
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
partition_info *alt_part_info= thd->lex->part_info;
|
|
/*
|
|
This variable is TRUE in very special case when we add only DEFAULT
|
|
partition to the existing table
|
|
*/
|
|
bool only_default_value_added=
|
|
(alt_part_info &&
|
|
alt_part_info->current_partition &&
|
|
alt_part_info->current_partition->list_val_list.elements == 1 &&
|
|
alt_part_info->current_partition->list_val_list.head()->
|
|
added_items >= 1 &&
|
|
alt_part_info->current_partition->list_val_list.head()->
|
|
col_val_array[0].max_value) &&
|
|
alt_part_info->part_type == LIST_PARTITION &&
|
|
(alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_ADD_PARTITION);
|
|
if (only_default_value_added &&
|
|
!thd->lex->part_info->num_columns)
|
|
thd->lex->part_info->num_columns= 1; // to make correct clone
|
|
|
|
if ((thd->work_part_info= thd->lex->part_info) &&
|
|
!(thd->work_part_info= thd->lex->part_info->get_clone(thd)))
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
|
|
/* ALTER_ADMIN_PARTITION is handled in mysql_admin_table */
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(!(alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_ADMIN_PARTITION));
|
|
|
|
if (alter_info->flags &
|
|
(Alter_info::ALTER_ADD_PARTITION |
|
|
Alter_info::ALTER_DROP_PARTITION |
|
|
Alter_info::ALTER_COALESCE_PARTITION |
|
|
Alter_info::ALTER_REORGANIZE_PARTITION |
|
|
Alter_info::ALTER_TABLE_REORG |
|
|
Alter_info::ALTER_REBUILD_PARTITION))
|
|
{
|
|
partition_info *tab_part_info;
|
|
uint flags= 0;
|
|
bool is_last_partition_reorged= FALSE;
|
|
part_elem_value *tab_max_elem_val= NULL;
|
|
part_elem_value *alt_max_elem_val= NULL;
|
|
longlong tab_max_range= 0, alt_max_range= 0;
|
|
alt_part_info= thd->work_part_info;
|
|
|
|
if (!table->part_info)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_MGMT_ON_NONPARTITIONED, MYF(0));
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Open our intermediate table, we will operate on a temporary instance
|
|
of the original table, to be able to skip copying all partitions.
|
|
Open it as a copy of the original table, and modify its partition_info
|
|
object to allow fast_alter_partition_table to perform the changes.
|
|
*/
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(thd->mdl_context.is_lock_owner(MDL_key::TABLE,
|
|
alter_ctx->db,
|
|
alter_ctx->table_name,
|
|
MDL_INTENTION_EXCLUSIVE));
|
|
|
|
tab_part_info= table->part_info;
|
|
|
|
if (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_TABLE_REORG)
|
|
{
|
|
uint new_part_no, curr_part_no;
|
|
/*
|
|
'ALTER TABLE t REORG PARTITION' only allowed with auto partition
|
|
if default partitioning is used.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (tab_part_info->part_type != HASH_PARTITION ||
|
|
((table->s->db_type()->partition_flags() & HA_USE_AUTO_PARTITION) &&
|
|
!tab_part_info->use_default_num_partitions) ||
|
|
((!(table->s->db_type()->partition_flags() & HA_USE_AUTO_PARTITION)) &&
|
|
tab_part_info->use_default_num_partitions))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_REORG_NO_PARAM_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
new_part_no= table->file->get_default_no_partitions(create_info);
|
|
curr_part_no= tab_part_info->num_parts;
|
|
if (new_part_no == curr_part_no)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
No change is needed, we will have the same number of partitions
|
|
after the change as before. Thus we can reply ok immediately
|
|
without any changes at all.
|
|
*/
|
|
flags= table->file->alter_table_flags(alter_info->flags);
|
|
if (flags & (HA_FAST_CHANGE_PARTITION | HA_PARTITION_ONE_PHASE))
|
|
{
|
|
*fast_alter_table= true;
|
|
/* Force table re-open for consistency with the main case. */
|
|
table->m_needs_reopen= true;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Create copy of partition_info to avoid modifying original
|
|
TABLE::part_info, to keep it safe for later use.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!(tab_part_info= tab_part_info->get_clone(thd)))
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
thd->work_part_info= tab_part_info;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (new_part_no > curr_part_no)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
We will add more partitions, we use the ADD PARTITION without
|
|
setting the flag for no default number of partitions
|
|
*/
|
|
alter_info->flags|= Alter_info::ALTER_ADD_PARTITION;
|
|
thd->work_part_info->num_parts= new_part_no - curr_part_no;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
We will remove hash partitions, we use the COALESCE PARTITION
|
|
without setting the flag for no default number of partitions
|
|
*/
|
|
alter_info->flags|= Alter_info::ALTER_COALESCE_PARTITION;
|
|
alter_info->num_parts= curr_part_no - new_part_no;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!(flags= table->file->alter_table_flags(alter_info->flags)))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_FUNCTION_FAILURE, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
if ((flags & (HA_FAST_CHANGE_PARTITION | HA_PARTITION_ONE_PHASE)) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
"Fast" change of partitioning is supported in this case.
|
|
We will change TABLE::part_info (as this is how we pass
|
|
information to storage engine in this case), so the table
|
|
must be reopened.
|
|
*/
|
|
*fast_alter_table= true;
|
|
table->m_needs_reopen= true;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
"Fast" changing of partitioning is not supported. Create
|
|
a copy of TABLE::part_info object, so we can modify it safely.
|
|
Modifying original TABLE::part_info will cause problems when
|
|
we read data from old version of table using this TABLE object
|
|
while copying them to new version of table.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!(tab_part_info= tab_part_info->get_clone(thd)))
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("*fast_alter_table flags: 0x%x", flags));
|
|
if ((alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_ADD_PARTITION) ||
|
|
(alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_REORGANIZE_PARTITION))
|
|
{
|
|
if (thd->work_part_info->part_type != tab_part_info->part_type)
|
|
{
|
|
if (thd->work_part_info->part_type == NOT_A_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
if (tab_part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITIONS_MUST_BE_DEFINED_ERROR, MYF(0), "RANGE");
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (tab_part_info->part_type == LIST_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITIONS_MUST_BE_DEFINED_ERROR, MYF(0), "LIST");
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
Hash partitions can be altered without parser finds out about
|
|
that it is HASH partitioned. So no error here.
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (thd->work_part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_WRONG_VALUES_ERROR, MYF(0),
|
|
"RANGE", "LESS THAN");
|
|
}
|
|
else if (thd->work_part_info->part_type == LIST_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(thd->work_part_info->part_type == LIST_PARTITION);
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_WRONG_VALUES_ERROR, MYF(0),
|
|
"LIST", "IN");
|
|
}
|
|
else if (tab_part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_REQUIRES_VALUES_ERROR, MYF(0),
|
|
"RANGE", "LESS THAN");
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(tab_part_info->part_type == LIST_PARTITION);
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_REQUIRES_VALUES_ERROR, MYF(0),
|
|
"LIST", "IN");
|
|
}
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if ((tab_part_info->column_list &&
|
|
alt_part_info->num_columns != tab_part_info->num_columns &&
|
|
!only_default_value_added) ||
|
|
(!tab_part_info->column_list &&
|
|
(tab_part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION ||
|
|
tab_part_info->part_type == LIST_PARTITION) &&
|
|
alt_part_info->num_columns != 1U &&
|
|
!only_default_value_added) ||
|
|
(!tab_part_info->column_list &&
|
|
tab_part_info->part_type == HASH_PARTITION &&
|
|
(alt_part_info->num_columns != 0)))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_COLUMN_LIST_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
alt_part_info->column_list= tab_part_info->column_list;
|
|
if (alt_part_info->fix_parser_data(thd))
|
|
{
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_ADD_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
We start by moving the new partitions to the list of temporary
|
|
partitions. We will then check that the new partitions fit in the
|
|
partitioning scheme as currently set-up.
|
|
Partitions are always added at the end in ADD PARTITION.
|
|
*/
|
|
uint num_new_partitions= alt_part_info->num_parts;
|
|
uint num_orig_partitions= tab_part_info->num_parts;
|
|
uint check_total_partitions= num_new_partitions + num_orig_partitions;
|
|
uint new_total_partitions= check_total_partitions;
|
|
/*
|
|
We allow quite a lot of values to be supplied by defaults, however we
|
|
must know the number of new partitions in this case.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (thd->lex->no_write_to_binlog &&
|
|
tab_part_info->part_type != HASH_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_NO_BINLOG_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
if (tab_part_info->defined_max_value &&
|
|
(tab_part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION ||
|
|
alt_part_info->defined_max_value))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error((tab_part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION ?
|
|
ER_PARTITION_MAXVALUE_ERROR :
|
|
ER_PARTITION_DEFAULT_ERROR), MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
if (num_new_partitions == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_ADD_PARTITION_NO_NEW_PARTITION, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
if (tab_part_info->is_sub_partitioned())
|
|
{
|
|
if (alt_part_info->num_subparts == 0)
|
|
alt_part_info->num_subparts= tab_part_info->num_subparts;
|
|
else if (alt_part_info->num_subparts != tab_part_info->num_subparts)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_ADD_PARTITION_SUBPART_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
check_total_partitions= new_total_partitions*
|
|
alt_part_info->num_subparts;
|
|
}
|
|
if (check_total_partitions > MAX_PARTITIONS)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_TOO_MANY_PARTITIONS_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
alt_part_info->part_type= tab_part_info->part_type;
|
|
alt_part_info->subpart_type= tab_part_info->subpart_type;
|
|
if (alt_part_info->set_up_defaults_for_partitioning(thd, table->file, 0,
|
|
tab_part_info->num_parts))
|
|
{
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
Handling of on-line cases:
|
|
|
|
ADD PARTITION for RANGE/LIST PARTITIONING:
|
|
------------------------------------------
|
|
For range and list partitions add partition is simply adding a
|
|
new empty partition to the table. If the handler support this we
|
|
will use the simple method of doing this. The figure below shows
|
|
an example of this and the states involved in making this change.
|
|
|
|
Existing partitions New added partitions
|
|
------ ------ ------ ------ | ------ ------
|
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
|
|
| p0 | | p1 | | p2 | | p3 | | | p4 | | p5 |
|
|
------ ------ ------ ------ | ------ ------
|
|
PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_TO_BE_ADDED*2
|
|
PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_IS_ADDED*2
|
|
|
|
The first line is the states before adding the new partitions and the
|
|
second line is after the new partitions are added. All the partitions are
|
|
in the partitions list, no partitions are placed in the temp_partitions
|
|
list.
|
|
|
|
ADD PARTITION for HASH PARTITIONING
|
|
-----------------------------------
|
|
This little figure tries to show the various partitions involved when
|
|
adding two new partitions to a linear hash based partitioned table with
|
|
four partitions to start with, which lists are used and the states they
|
|
pass through. Adding partitions to a normal hash based is similar except
|
|
that it is always all the existing partitions that are reorganised not
|
|
only a subset of them.
|
|
|
|
Existing partitions New added partitions
|
|
------ ------ ------ ------ | ------ ------
|
|
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
|
|
| p0 | | p1 | | p2 | | p3 | | | p4 | | p5 |
|
|
------ ------ ------ ------ | ------ ------
|
|
PART_CHANGED PART_CHANGED PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_TO_BE_ADDED
|
|
PART_IS_CHANGED*2 PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_IS_ADDED
|
|
PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_IS_ADDED
|
|
|
|
Reorganised existing partitions
|
|
------ ------
|
|
| | | |
|
|
| p0'| | p1'|
|
|
------ ------
|
|
|
|
p0 - p5 will be in the partitions list of partitions.
|
|
p0' and p1' will actually not exist as separate objects, there presence can
|
|
be deduced from the state of the partition and also the names of those
|
|
partitions can be deduced this way.
|
|
|
|
After adding the partitions and copying the partition data to p0', p1',
|
|
p4 and p5 from p0 and p1 the states change to adapt for the new situation
|
|
where p0 and p1 is dropped and replaced by p0' and p1' and the new p4 and
|
|
p5 are in the table again.
|
|
|
|
The first line above shows the states of the partitions before we start
|
|
adding and copying partitions, the second after completing the adding
|
|
and copying and finally the third line after also dropping the partitions
|
|
that are reorganised.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*fast_alter_table &&
|
|
tab_part_info->part_type == HASH_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
uint part_no= 0, start_part= 1, start_sec_part= 1;
|
|
uint end_part= 0, end_sec_part= 0;
|
|
uint upper_2n= tab_part_info->linear_hash_mask + 1;
|
|
uint lower_2n= upper_2n >> 1;
|
|
bool all_parts= TRUE;
|
|
if (tab_part_info->linear_hash_ind &&
|
|
num_new_partitions < upper_2n)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
An analysis of which parts needs reorganisation shows that it is
|
|
divided into two intervals. The first interval is those parts
|
|
that are reorganised up until upper_2n - 1. From upper_2n and
|
|
onwards it starts again from partition 0 and goes on until
|
|
it reaches p(upper_2n - 1). If the last new partition reaches
|
|
beyond upper_2n - 1 then the first interval will end with
|
|
p(lower_2n - 1) and start with p(num_orig_partitions - lower_2n).
|
|
If lower_2n partitions are added then p0 to p(lower_2n - 1) will
|
|
be reorganised which means that the two interval becomes one
|
|
interval at this point. Thus only when adding less than
|
|
lower_2n partitions and going beyond a total of upper_2n we
|
|
actually get two intervals.
|
|
|
|
To exemplify this assume we have 6 partitions to start with and
|
|
add 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 partitions.
|
|
The first to add after p5 is p6 = 110 in bit numbers. Thus we
|
|
can see that 10 = p2 will be partition to reorganise if only one
|
|
partition.
|
|
If 2 partitions are added we reorganise [p2, p3]. Those two
|
|
cases are covered by the second if part below.
|
|
If 3 partitions are added we reorganise [p2, p3] U [p0,p0]. This
|
|
part is covered by the else part below.
|
|
If 5 partitions are added we get [p2,p3] U [p0, p2] = [p0, p3].
|
|
This is covered by the first if part where we need the max check
|
|
to here use lower_2n - 1.
|
|
If 7 partitions are added we get [p2,p3] U [p0, p4] = [p0, p4].
|
|
This is covered by the first if part but here we use the first
|
|
calculated end_part.
|
|
Finally with 9 new partitions we would also reorganise p6 if we
|
|
used the method below but we cannot reorganise more partitions
|
|
than what we had from the start and thus we simply set all_parts
|
|
to TRUE. In this case we don't get into this if-part at all.
|
|
*/
|
|
all_parts= FALSE;
|
|
if (num_new_partitions >= lower_2n)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
In this case there is only one interval since the two intervals
|
|
overlap and this starts from zero to last_part_no - upper_2n
|
|
*/
|
|
start_part= 0;
|
|
end_part= new_total_partitions - (upper_2n + 1);
|
|
end_part= max(lower_2n - 1, end_part);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (new_total_partitions <= upper_2n)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Also in this case there is only one interval since we are not
|
|
going over a 2**n boundary
|
|
*/
|
|
start_part= num_orig_partitions - lower_2n;
|
|
end_part= start_part + (num_new_partitions - 1);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* We have two non-overlapping intervals since we are not
|
|
passing a 2**n border and we have not at least lower_2n
|
|
new parts that would ensure that the intervals become
|
|
overlapping.
|
|
*/
|
|
start_part= num_orig_partitions - lower_2n;
|
|
end_part= upper_2n - 1;
|
|
start_sec_part= 0;
|
|
end_sec_part= new_total_partitions - (upper_2n + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> tab_it(tab_part_info->partitions);
|
|
part_no= 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
partition_element *p_elem= tab_it++;
|
|
if (all_parts ||
|
|
(part_no >= start_part && part_no <= end_part) ||
|
|
(part_no >= start_sec_part && part_no <= end_sec_part))
|
|
{
|
|
p_elem->part_state= PART_CHANGED;
|
|
}
|
|
} while (++part_no < num_orig_partitions);
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
Need to concatenate the lists here to make it possible to check the
|
|
partition info for correctness using check_partition_info.
|
|
For on-line add partition we set the state of this partition to
|
|
PART_TO_BE_ADDED to ensure that it is known that it is not yet
|
|
usable (becomes usable when partition is created and the switch of
|
|
partition configuration is made.
|
|
*/
|
|
{
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> alt_it(alt_part_info->partitions);
|
|
uint part_count= 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
partition_element *part_elem= alt_it++;
|
|
if (*fast_alter_table)
|
|
part_elem->part_state= PART_TO_BE_ADDED;
|
|
if (tab_part_info->partitions.push_back(part_elem, thd->mem_root))
|
|
{
|
|
mem_alloc_error(1);
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
} while (++part_count < num_new_partitions);
|
|
tab_part_info->num_parts+= num_new_partitions;
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
If we specify partitions explicitly we don't use defaults anymore.
|
|
Using ADD PARTITION also means that we don't have the default number
|
|
of partitions anymore. We use this code also for Table reorganisations
|
|
and here we don't set any default flags to FALSE.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!(alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_TABLE_REORG))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!alt_part_info->use_default_partitions)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("part_info: 0x%lx", (long) tab_part_info));
|
|
tab_part_info->use_default_partitions= FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
tab_part_info->use_default_num_partitions= FALSE;
|
|
tab_part_info->is_auto_partitioned= FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_DROP_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Drop a partition from a range partition and list partitioning is
|
|
always safe and can be made more or less immediate. It is necessary
|
|
however to ensure that the partition to be removed is safely removed
|
|
and that REPAIR TABLE can remove the partition if for some reason the
|
|
command to drop the partition failed in the middle.
|
|
*/
|
|
uint part_count= 0;
|
|
uint num_parts_dropped= alter_info->partition_names.elements;
|
|
uint num_parts_found= 0;
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> part_it(tab_part_info->partitions);
|
|
|
|
tab_part_info->is_auto_partitioned= FALSE;
|
|
if (!(tab_part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION ||
|
|
tab_part_info->part_type == LIST_PARTITION))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_ONLY_ON_RANGE_LIST_PARTITION, MYF(0), "DROP");
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
if (num_parts_dropped >= tab_part_info->num_parts)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_DROP_LAST_PARTITION, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
partition_element *part_elem= part_it++;
|
|
if (is_name_in_list(part_elem->partition_name,
|
|
alter_info->partition_names))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Set state to indicate that the partition is to be dropped.
|
|
*/
|
|
num_parts_found++;
|
|
part_elem->part_state= PART_TO_BE_DROPPED;
|
|
}
|
|
} while (++part_count < tab_part_info->num_parts);
|
|
if (num_parts_found != num_parts_dropped)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_DROP_PARTITION_NON_EXISTENT, MYF(0), "DROP");
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
if (table->file->is_fk_defined_on_table_or_index(MAX_KEY))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_ROW_IS_REFERENCED, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
tab_part_info->num_parts-= num_parts_dropped;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_REBUILD_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
set_engine_all_partitions(tab_part_info,
|
|
tab_part_info->default_engine_type);
|
|
if (set_part_state(alter_info, tab_part_info, PART_CHANGED))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_DROP_PARTITION_NON_EXISTENT, MYF(0), "REBUILD");
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!(*fast_alter_table))
|
|
{
|
|
table->file->print_error(HA_ERR_WRONG_COMMAND, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_COALESCE_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
uint num_parts_coalesced= alter_info->num_parts;
|
|
uint num_parts_remain= tab_part_info->num_parts - num_parts_coalesced;
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> part_it(tab_part_info->partitions);
|
|
if (tab_part_info->part_type != HASH_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_COALESCE_ONLY_ON_HASH_PARTITION, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
if (num_parts_coalesced == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_COALESCE_PARTITION_NO_PARTITION, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
if (num_parts_coalesced >= tab_part_info->num_parts)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_DROP_LAST_PARTITION, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
Online handling:
|
|
COALESCE PARTITION:
|
|
-------------------
|
|
The figure below shows the manner in which partitions are handled when
|
|
performing an on-line coalesce partition and which states they go through
|
|
at start, after adding and copying partitions and finally after dropping
|
|
the partitions to drop. The figure shows an example using four partitions
|
|
to start with, using linear hash and coalescing one partition (always the
|
|
last partition).
|
|
|
|
Using linear hash then all remaining partitions will have a new reorganised
|
|
part.
|
|
|
|
Existing partitions Coalesced partition
|
|
------ ------ ------ | ------
|
|
| | | | | | | | |
|
|
| p0 | | p1 | | p2 | | | p3 |
|
|
------ ------ ------ | ------
|
|
PART_NORMAL PART_CHANGED PART_NORMAL PART_REORGED_DROPPED
|
|
PART_NORMAL PART_IS_CHANGED PART_NORMAL PART_TO_BE_DROPPED
|
|
PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_NORMAL PART_IS_DROPPED
|
|
|
|
Reorganised existing partitions
|
|
------
|
|
| |
|
|
| p1'|
|
|
------
|
|
|
|
p0 - p3 is in the partitions list.
|
|
The p1' partition will actually not be in any list it is deduced from the
|
|
state of p1.
|
|
*/
|
|
{
|
|
uint part_count= 0, start_part= 1, start_sec_part= 1;
|
|
uint end_part= 0, end_sec_part= 0;
|
|
bool all_parts= TRUE;
|
|
if (*fast_alter_table &&
|
|
tab_part_info->linear_hash_ind)
|
|
{
|
|
uint upper_2n= tab_part_info->linear_hash_mask + 1;
|
|
uint lower_2n= upper_2n >> 1;
|
|
all_parts= FALSE;
|
|
if (num_parts_coalesced >= lower_2n)
|
|
{
|
|
all_parts= TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (num_parts_remain >= lower_2n)
|
|
{
|
|
end_part= tab_part_info->num_parts - (lower_2n + 1);
|
|
start_part= num_parts_remain - lower_2n;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
start_part= 0;
|
|
end_part= tab_part_info->num_parts - (lower_2n + 1);
|
|
end_sec_part= (lower_2n >> 1) - 1;
|
|
start_sec_part= end_sec_part - (lower_2n - (num_parts_remain + 1));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
partition_element *p_elem= part_it++;
|
|
if (*fast_alter_table &&
|
|
(all_parts ||
|
|
(part_count >= start_part && part_count <= end_part) ||
|
|
(part_count >= start_sec_part && part_count <= end_sec_part)))
|
|
p_elem->part_state= PART_CHANGED;
|
|
if (++part_count > num_parts_remain)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*fast_alter_table)
|
|
p_elem->part_state= PART_REORGED_DROPPED;
|
|
else
|
|
part_it.remove();
|
|
}
|
|
} while (part_count < tab_part_info->num_parts);
|
|
tab_part_info->num_parts= num_parts_remain;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!(alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_TABLE_REORG))
|
|
{
|
|
tab_part_info->use_default_num_partitions= FALSE;
|
|
tab_part_info->is_auto_partitioned= FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_REORGANIZE_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Reorganise partitions takes a number of partitions that are next
|
|
to each other (at least for RANGE PARTITIONS) and then uses those
|
|
to create a set of new partitions. So data is copied from those
|
|
partitions into the new set of partitions. Those new partitions
|
|
can have more values in the LIST value specifications or less both
|
|
are allowed. The ranges can be different but since they are
|
|
changing a set of consecutive partitions they must cover the same
|
|
range as those changed from.
|
|
This command can be used on RANGE and LIST partitions.
|
|
*/
|
|
uint num_parts_reorged= alter_info->partition_names.elements;
|
|
uint num_parts_new= thd->work_part_info->partitions.elements;
|
|
uint check_total_partitions;
|
|
|
|
tab_part_info->is_auto_partitioned= FALSE;
|
|
if (num_parts_reorged > tab_part_info->num_parts)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_REORG_PARTITION_NOT_EXIST, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!(tab_part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION ||
|
|
tab_part_info->part_type == LIST_PARTITION) &&
|
|
(num_parts_new != num_parts_reorged))
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_REORG_HASH_ONLY_ON_SAME_NO, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
if (tab_part_info->is_sub_partitioned() &&
|
|
alt_part_info->num_subparts &&
|
|
alt_part_info->num_subparts != tab_part_info->num_subparts)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_PARTITION_WRONG_NO_SUBPART_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
check_total_partitions= tab_part_info->num_parts + num_parts_new;
|
|
check_total_partitions-= num_parts_reorged;
|
|
if (check_total_partitions > MAX_PARTITIONS)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_TOO_MANY_PARTITIONS_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
alt_part_info->part_type= tab_part_info->part_type;
|
|
alt_part_info->subpart_type= tab_part_info->subpart_type;
|
|
alt_part_info->num_subparts= tab_part_info->num_subparts;
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(!alt_part_info->use_default_partitions);
|
|
/* We specified partitions explicitly so don't use defaults anymore. */
|
|
tab_part_info->use_default_partitions= FALSE;
|
|
if (alt_part_info->set_up_defaults_for_partitioning(thd, table->file, 0,
|
|
0))
|
|
{
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
Online handling:
|
|
REORGANIZE PARTITION:
|
|
---------------------
|
|
The figure exemplifies the handling of partitions, their state changes and
|
|
how they are organised. It exemplifies four partitions where two of the
|
|
partitions are reorganised (p1 and p2) into two new partitions (p4 and p5).
|
|
The reason of this change could be to change range limits, change list
|
|
values or for hash partitions simply reorganise the partition which could
|
|
also involve moving them to new disks or new node groups (MySQL Cluster).
|
|
|
|
Existing partitions
|
|
------ ------ ------ ------
|
|
| | | | | | | |
|
|
| p0 | | p1 | | p2 | | p3 |
|
|
------ ------ ------ ------
|
|
PART_NORMAL PART_TO_BE_REORGED PART_NORMAL
|
|
PART_NORMAL PART_TO_BE_DROPPED PART_NORMAL
|
|
PART_NORMAL PART_IS_DROPPED PART_NORMAL
|
|
|
|
Reorganised new partitions (replacing p1 and p2)
|
|
------ ------
|
|
| | | |
|
|
| p4 | | p5 |
|
|
------ ------
|
|
PART_TO_BE_ADDED
|
|
PART_IS_ADDED
|
|
PART_IS_ADDED
|
|
|
|
All unchanged partitions and the new partitions are in the partitions list
|
|
in the order they will have when the change is completed. The reorganised
|
|
partitions are placed in the temp_partitions list. PART_IS_ADDED is only a
|
|
temporary state not written in the frm file. It is used to ensure we write
|
|
the generated partition syntax in a correct manner.
|
|
*/
|
|
{
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> tab_it(tab_part_info->partitions);
|
|
uint part_count= 0;
|
|
bool found_first= FALSE;
|
|
bool found_last= FALSE;
|
|
uint drop_count= 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
partition_element *part_elem= tab_it++;
|
|
is_last_partition_reorged= FALSE;
|
|
if (is_name_in_list(part_elem->partition_name,
|
|
alter_info->partition_names))
|
|
{
|
|
is_last_partition_reorged= TRUE;
|
|
drop_count++;
|
|
if (tab_part_info->column_list)
|
|
{
|
|
List_iterator<part_elem_value> p(part_elem->list_val_list);
|
|
tab_max_elem_val= p++;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
tab_max_range= part_elem->range_value;
|
|
if (*fast_alter_table &&
|
|
tab_part_info->temp_partitions.push_back(part_elem,
|
|
thd->mem_root))
|
|
{
|
|
mem_alloc_error(1);
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
if (*fast_alter_table)
|
|
part_elem->part_state= PART_TO_BE_REORGED;
|
|
if (!found_first)
|
|
{
|
|
uint alt_part_count= 0;
|
|
partition_element *alt_part_elem;
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element>
|
|
alt_it(alt_part_info->partitions);
|
|
found_first= TRUE;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
alt_part_elem= alt_it++;
|
|
if (tab_part_info->column_list)
|
|
{
|
|
List_iterator<part_elem_value> p(alt_part_elem->list_val_list);
|
|
alt_max_elem_val= p++;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
alt_max_range= alt_part_elem->range_value;
|
|
|
|
if (*fast_alter_table)
|
|
alt_part_elem->part_state= PART_TO_BE_ADDED;
|
|
if (alt_part_count == 0)
|
|
tab_it.replace(alt_part_elem);
|
|
else
|
|
tab_it.after(alt_part_elem);
|
|
} while (++alt_part_count < num_parts_new);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (found_last)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_CONSECUTIVE_REORG_PARTITIONS, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
tab_it.remove();
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (found_first)
|
|
found_last= TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
} while (++part_count < tab_part_info->num_parts);
|
|
if (drop_count != num_parts_reorged)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_DROP_PARTITION_NON_EXISTENT, MYF(0), "REORGANIZE");
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
tab_part_info->num_parts= check_total_partitions;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
*partition_changed= TRUE;
|
|
thd->work_part_info= tab_part_info;
|
|
if (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_ADD_PARTITION ||
|
|
alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_REORGANIZE_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
if (tab_part_info->use_default_subpartitions &&
|
|
!alt_part_info->use_default_subpartitions)
|
|
{
|
|
tab_part_info->use_default_subpartitions= FALSE;
|
|
tab_part_info->use_default_num_subpartitions= FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (tab_part_info->check_partition_info(thd, (handlerton**)NULL,
|
|
table->file, 0, TRUE))
|
|
{
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
The check below needs to be performed after check_partition_info
|
|
since this function "fixes" the item trees of the new partitions
|
|
to reorganize into
|
|
*/
|
|
if (alter_info->flags == Alter_info::ALTER_REORGANIZE_PARTITION &&
|
|
tab_part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION &&
|
|
((is_last_partition_reorged &&
|
|
(tab_part_info->column_list ?
|
|
(tab_part_info->compare_column_values(
|
|
alt_max_elem_val->col_val_array,
|
|
tab_max_elem_val->col_val_array) < 0) :
|
|
alt_max_range < tab_max_range)) ||
|
|
(!is_last_partition_reorged &&
|
|
(tab_part_info->column_list ?
|
|
(tab_part_info->compare_column_values(
|
|
alt_max_elem_val->col_val_array,
|
|
tab_max_elem_val->col_val_array) != 0) :
|
|
alt_max_range != tab_max_range))))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
For range partitioning the total resulting range before and
|
|
after the change must be the same except in one case. This is
|
|
when the last partition is reorganised, in this case it is
|
|
acceptable to increase the total range.
|
|
The reason is that it is not allowed to have "holes" in the
|
|
middle of the ranges and thus we should not allow to reorganise
|
|
to create "holes".
|
|
*/
|
|
my_error(ER_REORG_OUTSIDE_RANGE, MYF(0));
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
When thd->lex->part_info has a reference to a partition_info the
|
|
ALTER TABLE contained a definition of a partitioning.
|
|
|
|
Case I:
|
|
If there was a partition before and there is a new one defined.
|
|
We use the new partitioning. The new partitioning is already
|
|
defined in the correct variable so no work is needed to
|
|
accomplish this.
|
|
We do however need to update partition_changed to ensure that not
|
|
only the frm file is changed in the ALTER TABLE command.
|
|
|
|
Case IIa:
|
|
There was a partitioning before and there is no new one defined.
|
|
Also the user has not specified to remove partitioning explicitly.
|
|
|
|
We use the old partitioning also for the new table. We do this
|
|
by assigning the partition_info from the table loaded in
|
|
open_table to the partition_info struct used by mysql_create_table
|
|
later in this method.
|
|
|
|
Case IIb:
|
|
There was a partitioning before and there is no new one defined.
|
|
The user has specified explicitly to remove partitioning
|
|
|
|
Since the user has specified explicitly to remove partitioning
|
|
we override the old partitioning info and create a new table using
|
|
the specified engine.
|
|
In this case the partition also is changed.
|
|
|
|
Case III:
|
|
There was no partitioning before altering the table, there is
|
|
partitioning defined in the altered table. Use the new partitioning.
|
|
No work needed since the partitioning info is already in the
|
|
correct variable.
|
|
|
|
In this case we discover one case where the new partitioning is using
|
|
the same partition function as the default (PARTITION BY KEY or
|
|
PARTITION BY LINEAR KEY with the list of fields equal to the primary
|
|
key fields OR PARTITION BY [LINEAR] KEY() for tables without primary
|
|
key)
|
|
Also here partition has changed and thus a new table must be
|
|
created.
|
|
|
|
Case IV:
|
|
There was no partitioning before and no partitioning defined.
|
|
Obviously no work needed.
|
|
*/
|
|
partition_info *tab_part_info= table->part_info;
|
|
|
|
if (tab_part_info)
|
|
{
|
|
if (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_REMOVE_PARTITIONING)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("Remove partitioning"));
|
|
if (!(create_info->used_fields & HA_CREATE_USED_ENGINE))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("No explicit engine used"));
|
|
create_info->db_type= tab_part_info->default_engine_type;
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("New engine type: %s",
|
|
ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(create_info->db_type)));
|
|
thd->work_part_info= NULL;
|
|
*partition_changed= TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (!thd->work_part_info)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Retain partitioning but possibly with a new storage engine
|
|
beneath.
|
|
|
|
Create a copy of TABLE::part_info to be able to modify it freely.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!(tab_part_info= tab_part_info->get_clone(thd)))
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
thd->work_part_info= tab_part_info;
|
|
if (create_info->used_fields & HA_CREATE_USED_ENGINE &&
|
|
create_info->db_type != tab_part_info->default_engine_type)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Make sure change of engine happens to all partitions.
|
|
*/
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("partition changed"));
|
|
if (tab_part_info->is_auto_partitioned)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
If the user originally didn't specify partitioning to be
|
|
used we can remove it now.
|
|
*/
|
|
thd->work_part_info= NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Ensure that all partitions have the proper engine set-up
|
|
*/
|
|
set_engine_all_partitions(thd->work_part_info,
|
|
create_info->db_type);
|
|
}
|
|
*partition_changed= TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (thd->work_part_info)
|
|
{
|
|
partition_info *part_info= thd->work_part_info;
|
|
bool is_native_partitioned= FALSE;
|
|
/*
|
|
Need to cater for engine types that can handle partition without
|
|
using the partition handler.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (part_info != tab_part_info)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->fix_parser_data(thd))
|
|
{
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
Compare the old and new part_info. If only key_algorithm
|
|
change is done, don't consider it as changed partitioning (to avoid
|
|
rebuild). This is to handle KEY (numeric_cols) partitioned tables
|
|
created in 5.1. For more info, see bug#14521864.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (alter_info->flags != Alter_info::ALTER_PARTITION ||
|
|
!table->part_info ||
|
|
alter_info->requested_algorithm !=
|
|
Alter_info::ALTER_TABLE_ALGORITHM_INPLACE ||
|
|
!table->part_info->has_same_partitioning(part_info))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("partition changed"));
|
|
*partition_changed= true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
Set up partition default_engine_type either from the create_info
|
|
or from the previus table
|
|
*/
|
|
if (create_info->used_fields & HA_CREATE_USED_ENGINE)
|
|
part_info->default_engine_type= create_info->db_type;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (tab_part_info)
|
|
part_info->default_engine_type= tab_part_info->default_engine_type;
|
|
else
|
|
part_info->default_engine_type= create_info->db_type;
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->default_engine_type &&
|
|
part_info->default_engine_type != partition_hton);
|
|
if (check_native_partitioned(create_info, &is_native_partitioned,
|
|
part_info, thd))
|
|
{
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
if (!is_native_partitioned)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(create_info->db_type);
|
|
create_info->db_type= partition_hton;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
err:
|
|
*fast_alter_table= false;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Change partitions, used to implement ALTER TABLE ADD/REORGANIZE/COALESCE
|
|
partitions. This method is used to implement both single-phase and multi-
|
|
phase implementations of ADD/REORGANIZE/COALESCE partitions.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
mysql_change_partitions()
|
|
lpt Struct containing parameters
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Failure
|
|
FALSE Success
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Request handler to add partitions as set in states of the partition
|
|
|
|
Elements of the lpt parameters used:
|
|
create_info Create information used to create partitions
|
|
db Database name
|
|
table_name Table name
|
|
copied Output parameter where number of copied
|
|
records are added
|
|
deleted Output parameter where number of deleted
|
|
records are added
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool mysql_change_partitions(ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt)
|
|
{
|
|
char path[FN_REFLEN+1];
|
|
int error;
|
|
handler *file= lpt->table->file;
|
|
THD *thd= lpt->thd;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("mysql_change_partitions");
|
|
|
|
build_table_filename(path, sizeof(path) - 1, lpt->db, lpt->table_name, "", 0);
|
|
|
|
if(mysql_trans_prepare_alter_copy_data(thd))
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
|
|
/* TODO: test if bulk_insert would increase the performance */
|
|
|
|
if ((error= file->ha_change_partitions(lpt->create_info, path, &lpt->copied,
|
|
&lpt->deleted, lpt->pack_frm_data,
|
|
lpt->pack_frm_len)))
|
|
{
|
|
file->print_error(error, MYF(error != ER_OUTOFMEMORY ? 0 : ME_FATALERROR));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (mysql_trans_commit_alter_copy_data(thd))
|
|
error= 1; /* The error has been reported */
|
|
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(MY_TEST(error));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Rename partitions in an ALTER TABLE of partitions
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
mysql_rename_partitions()
|
|
lpt Struct containing parameters
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Failure
|
|
FALSE Success
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Request handler to rename partitions as set in states of the partition
|
|
|
|
Parameters used:
|
|
db Database name
|
|
table_name Table name
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool mysql_rename_partitions(ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt)
|
|
{
|
|
char path[FN_REFLEN+1];
|
|
int error;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("mysql_rename_partitions");
|
|
|
|
build_table_filename(path, sizeof(path) - 1, lpt->db, lpt->table_name, "", 0);
|
|
if ((error= lpt->table->file->ha_rename_partitions(path)))
|
|
{
|
|
if (error != 1)
|
|
lpt->table->file->print_error(error, MYF(0));
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Drop partitions in an ALTER TABLE of partitions
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
mysql_drop_partitions()
|
|
lpt Struct containing parameters
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Failure
|
|
FALSE Success
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Drop the partitions marked with PART_TO_BE_DROPPED state and remove
|
|
those partitions from the list.
|
|
|
|
Parameters used:
|
|
table Table object
|
|
db Database name
|
|
table_name Table name
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool mysql_drop_partitions(ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt)
|
|
{
|
|
char path[FN_REFLEN+1];
|
|
partition_info *part_info= lpt->table->part_info;
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> part_it(part_info->partitions);
|
|
uint i= 0;
|
|
uint remove_count= 0;
|
|
int error;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("mysql_drop_partitions");
|
|
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(lpt->thd->mdl_context.is_lock_owner(MDL_key::TABLE,
|
|
lpt->table->s->db.str,
|
|
lpt->table->s->table_name.str,
|
|
MDL_EXCLUSIVE));
|
|
|
|
build_table_filename(path, sizeof(path) - 1, lpt->db, lpt->table_name, "", 0);
|
|
if ((error= lpt->table->file->ha_drop_partitions(path)))
|
|
{
|
|
lpt->table->file->print_error(error, MYF(0));
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
partition_element *part_elem= part_it++;
|
|
if (part_elem->part_state == PART_IS_DROPPED)
|
|
{
|
|
part_it.remove();
|
|
remove_count++;
|
|
}
|
|
} while (++i < part_info->num_parts);
|
|
part_info->num_parts-= remove_count;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Insert log entry into list
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
insert_part_info_log_entry_list()
|
|
log_entry
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
NONE
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void insert_part_info_log_entry_list(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *log_entry)
|
|
{
|
|
log_entry->next_active_log_entry= part_info->first_log_entry;
|
|
part_info->first_log_entry= log_entry;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Release all log entries for this partition info struct
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
release_part_info_log_entries()
|
|
first_log_entry First log entry in list to release
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
NONE
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void release_part_info_log_entries(DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *log_entry)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("release_part_info_log_entries");
|
|
|
|
while (log_entry)
|
|
{
|
|
release_ddl_log_memory_entry(log_entry);
|
|
log_entry= log_entry->next_active_log_entry;
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Log an delete/rename frm file
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
write_log_replace_delete_frm()
|
|
lpt Struct for parameters
|
|
next_entry Next reference to use in log record
|
|
from_path Name to rename from
|
|
to_path Name to rename to
|
|
replace_flag TRUE if replace, else delete
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Error
|
|
FALSE Success
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Support routine that writes a replace or delete of an frm file into the
|
|
ddl log. It also inserts an entry that keeps track of used space into
|
|
the partition info object
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool write_log_replace_delete_frm(ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt,
|
|
uint next_entry,
|
|
const char *from_path,
|
|
const char *to_path,
|
|
bool replace_flag)
|
|
{
|
|
DDL_LOG_ENTRY ddl_log_entry;
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *log_entry;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("write_log_replace_delete_frm");
|
|
|
|
if (replace_flag)
|
|
ddl_log_entry.action_type= DDL_LOG_REPLACE_ACTION;
|
|
else
|
|
ddl_log_entry.action_type= DDL_LOG_DELETE_ACTION;
|
|
ddl_log_entry.next_entry= next_entry;
|
|
ddl_log_entry.handler_name= reg_ext;
|
|
ddl_log_entry.name= to_path;
|
|
if (replace_flag)
|
|
ddl_log_entry.from_name= from_path;
|
|
if (write_ddl_log_entry(&ddl_log_entry, &log_entry))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
insert_part_info_log_entry_list(lpt->part_info, log_entry);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Log final partition changes in change partition
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
write_log_changed_partitions()
|
|
lpt Struct containing parameters
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Error
|
|
FALSE Success
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
This code is used to perform safe ADD PARTITION for HASH partitions
|
|
and COALESCE for HASH partitions and REORGANIZE for any type of
|
|
partitions.
|
|
We prepare entries for all partitions except the reorganised partitions
|
|
in REORGANIZE partition, those are handled by
|
|
write_log_dropped_partitions. For those partitions that are replaced
|
|
special care is needed to ensure that this is performed correctly and
|
|
this requires a two-phased approach with this log as a helper for this.
|
|
|
|
This code is closely intertwined with the code in rename_partitions in
|
|
the partition handler.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool write_log_changed_partitions(ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt,
|
|
uint *next_entry, const char *path)
|
|
{
|
|
DDL_LOG_ENTRY ddl_log_entry;
|
|
partition_info *part_info= lpt->part_info;
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *log_entry;
|
|
char tmp_path[FN_REFLEN];
|
|
char normal_path[FN_REFLEN];
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> part_it(part_info->partitions);
|
|
uint temp_partitions= part_info->temp_partitions.elements;
|
|
uint num_elements= part_info->partitions.elements;
|
|
uint i= 0;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("write_log_changed_partitions");
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
partition_element *part_elem= part_it++;
|
|
if (part_elem->part_state == PART_IS_CHANGED ||
|
|
(part_elem->part_state == PART_IS_ADDED && temp_partitions))
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned())
|
|
{
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> sub_it(part_elem->subpartitions);
|
|
uint num_subparts= part_info->num_subparts;
|
|
uint j= 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
partition_element *sub_elem= sub_it++;
|
|
ddl_log_entry.next_entry= *next_entry;
|
|
ddl_log_entry.handler_name=
|
|
ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(sub_elem->engine_type);
|
|
create_subpartition_name(tmp_path, path,
|
|
part_elem->partition_name,
|
|
sub_elem->partition_name,
|
|
TEMP_PART_NAME);
|
|
create_subpartition_name(normal_path, path,
|
|
part_elem->partition_name,
|
|
sub_elem->partition_name,
|
|
NORMAL_PART_NAME);
|
|
ddl_log_entry.name= normal_path;
|
|
ddl_log_entry.from_name= tmp_path;
|
|
if (part_elem->part_state == PART_IS_CHANGED)
|
|
ddl_log_entry.action_type= DDL_LOG_REPLACE_ACTION;
|
|
else
|
|
ddl_log_entry.action_type= DDL_LOG_RENAME_ACTION;
|
|
if (write_ddl_log_entry(&ddl_log_entry, &log_entry))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
*next_entry= log_entry->entry_pos;
|
|
sub_elem->log_entry= log_entry;
|
|
insert_part_info_log_entry_list(part_info, log_entry);
|
|
} while (++j < num_subparts);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ddl_log_entry.next_entry= *next_entry;
|
|
ddl_log_entry.handler_name=
|
|
ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(part_elem->engine_type);
|
|
create_partition_name(tmp_path, path,
|
|
part_elem->partition_name,
|
|
TEMP_PART_NAME, TRUE);
|
|
create_partition_name(normal_path, path,
|
|
part_elem->partition_name,
|
|
NORMAL_PART_NAME, TRUE);
|
|
ddl_log_entry.name= normal_path;
|
|
ddl_log_entry.from_name= tmp_path;
|
|
if (part_elem->part_state == PART_IS_CHANGED)
|
|
ddl_log_entry.action_type= DDL_LOG_REPLACE_ACTION;
|
|
else
|
|
ddl_log_entry.action_type= DDL_LOG_RENAME_ACTION;
|
|
if (write_ddl_log_entry(&ddl_log_entry, &log_entry))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
*next_entry= log_entry->entry_pos;
|
|
part_elem->log_entry= log_entry;
|
|
insert_part_info_log_entry_list(part_info, log_entry);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} while (++i < num_elements);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Log dropped partitions
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
write_log_dropped_partitions()
|
|
lpt Struct containing parameters
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Error
|
|
FALSE Success
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool write_log_dropped_partitions(ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt,
|
|
uint *next_entry,
|
|
const char *path,
|
|
bool temp_list)
|
|
{
|
|
DDL_LOG_ENTRY ddl_log_entry;
|
|
partition_info *part_info= lpt->part_info;
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *log_entry;
|
|
char tmp_path[FN_LEN];
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> part_it(part_info->partitions);
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> temp_it(part_info->temp_partitions);
|
|
uint num_temp_partitions= part_info->temp_partitions.elements;
|
|
uint num_elements= part_info->partitions.elements;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("write_log_dropped_partitions");
|
|
|
|
ddl_log_entry.action_type= DDL_LOG_DELETE_ACTION;
|
|
if (temp_list)
|
|
num_elements= num_temp_partitions;
|
|
while (num_elements--)
|
|
{
|
|
partition_element *part_elem;
|
|
if (temp_list)
|
|
part_elem= temp_it++;
|
|
else
|
|
part_elem= part_it++;
|
|
if (part_elem->part_state == PART_TO_BE_DROPPED ||
|
|
part_elem->part_state == PART_TO_BE_ADDED ||
|
|
part_elem->part_state == PART_CHANGED)
|
|
{
|
|
uint name_variant;
|
|
if (part_elem->part_state == PART_CHANGED ||
|
|
(part_elem->part_state == PART_TO_BE_ADDED &&
|
|
num_temp_partitions))
|
|
name_variant= TEMP_PART_NAME;
|
|
else
|
|
name_variant= NORMAL_PART_NAME;
|
|
if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned())
|
|
{
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> sub_it(part_elem->subpartitions);
|
|
uint num_subparts= part_info->num_subparts;
|
|
uint j= 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
partition_element *sub_elem= sub_it++;
|
|
ddl_log_entry.next_entry= *next_entry;
|
|
ddl_log_entry.handler_name=
|
|
ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(sub_elem->engine_type);
|
|
create_subpartition_name(tmp_path, path,
|
|
part_elem->partition_name,
|
|
sub_elem->partition_name,
|
|
name_variant);
|
|
ddl_log_entry.name= tmp_path;
|
|
if (write_ddl_log_entry(&ddl_log_entry, &log_entry))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
*next_entry= log_entry->entry_pos;
|
|
sub_elem->log_entry= log_entry;
|
|
insert_part_info_log_entry_list(part_info, log_entry);
|
|
} while (++j < num_subparts);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ddl_log_entry.next_entry= *next_entry;
|
|
ddl_log_entry.handler_name=
|
|
ha_resolve_storage_engine_name(part_elem->engine_type);
|
|
create_partition_name(tmp_path, path,
|
|
part_elem->partition_name,
|
|
name_variant, TRUE);
|
|
ddl_log_entry.name= tmp_path;
|
|
if (write_ddl_log_entry(&ddl_log_entry, &log_entry))
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
*next_entry= log_entry->entry_pos;
|
|
part_elem->log_entry= log_entry;
|
|
insert_part_info_log_entry_list(part_info, log_entry);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Set execute log entry in ddl log for this partitioned table
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
set_part_info_exec_log_entry()
|
|
part_info Partition info object
|
|
exec_log_entry Log entry
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
NONE
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void set_part_info_exec_log_entry(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *exec_log_entry)
|
|
{
|
|
part_info->exec_log_entry= exec_log_entry;
|
|
exec_log_entry->next_active_log_entry= NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Write the log entry to ensure that the shadow frm file is removed at
|
|
crash.
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
write_log_drop_shadow_frm()
|
|
lpt Struct containing parameters
|
|
install_frm Should we log action to install shadow frm or should
|
|
the action be to remove the shadow frm file.
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Error
|
|
FALSE Success
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Prepare an entry to the ddl log indicating a drop/install of the shadow frm
|
|
file and its corresponding handler file.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool write_log_drop_shadow_frm(ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt)
|
|
{
|
|
partition_info *part_info= lpt->part_info;
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *log_entry;
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *exec_log_entry= NULL;
|
|
char shadow_path[FN_REFLEN + 1];
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("write_log_drop_shadow_frm");
|
|
|
|
build_table_shadow_filename(shadow_path, sizeof(shadow_path) - 1, lpt);
|
|
mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
if (write_log_replace_delete_frm(lpt, 0UL, NULL,
|
|
(const char*)shadow_path, FALSE))
|
|
goto error;
|
|
log_entry= part_info->first_log_entry;
|
|
if (write_execute_ddl_log_entry(log_entry->entry_pos,
|
|
FALSE, &exec_log_entry))
|
|
goto error;
|
|
mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
set_part_info_exec_log_entry(part_info, exec_log_entry);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
error:
|
|
release_part_info_log_entries(part_info->first_log_entry);
|
|
mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
part_info->first_log_entry= NULL;
|
|
my_error(ER_DDL_LOG_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Log renaming of shadow frm to real frm name and dropping of old frm
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
write_log_rename_frm()
|
|
lpt Struct containing parameters
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Error
|
|
FALSE Success
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Prepare an entry to ensure that we complete the renaming of the frm
|
|
file if failure occurs in the middle of the rename process.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool write_log_rename_frm(ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt)
|
|
{
|
|
partition_info *part_info= lpt->part_info;
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *log_entry;
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *exec_log_entry= part_info->exec_log_entry;
|
|
char path[FN_REFLEN + 1];
|
|
char shadow_path[FN_REFLEN + 1];
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *old_first_log_entry= part_info->first_log_entry;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("write_log_rename_frm");
|
|
|
|
part_info->first_log_entry= NULL;
|
|
build_table_filename(path, sizeof(path) - 1, lpt->db,
|
|
lpt->table_name, "", 0);
|
|
build_table_shadow_filename(shadow_path, sizeof(shadow_path) - 1, lpt);
|
|
mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
if (write_log_replace_delete_frm(lpt, 0UL, shadow_path, path, TRUE))
|
|
goto error;
|
|
log_entry= part_info->first_log_entry;
|
|
part_info->frm_log_entry= log_entry;
|
|
if (write_execute_ddl_log_entry(log_entry->entry_pos,
|
|
FALSE, &exec_log_entry))
|
|
goto error;
|
|
release_part_info_log_entries(old_first_log_entry);
|
|
mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
error:
|
|
release_part_info_log_entries(part_info->first_log_entry);
|
|
mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
part_info->first_log_entry= old_first_log_entry;
|
|
part_info->frm_log_entry= NULL;
|
|
my_error(ER_DDL_LOG_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Write the log entries to ensure that the drop partition command is completed
|
|
even in the presence of a crash.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
write_log_drop_partition()
|
|
lpt Struct containing parameters
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Error
|
|
FALSE Success
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Prepare entries to the ddl log indicating all partitions to drop and to
|
|
install the shadow frm file and remove the old frm file.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool write_log_drop_partition(ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt)
|
|
{
|
|
partition_info *part_info= lpt->part_info;
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *log_entry;
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *exec_log_entry= part_info->exec_log_entry;
|
|
char tmp_path[FN_REFLEN + 1];
|
|
char path[FN_REFLEN + 1];
|
|
uint next_entry= 0;
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *old_first_log_entry= part_info->first_log_entry;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("write_log_drop_partition");
|
|
|
|
part_info->first_log_entry= NULL;
|
|
build_table_filename(path, sizeof(path) - 1, lpt->db,
|
|
lpt->table_name, "", 0);
|
|
build_table_shadow_filename(tmp_path, sizeof(tmp_path) - 1, lpt);
|
|
mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
if (write_log_dropped_partitions(lpt, &next_entry, (const char*)path,
|
|
FALSE))
|
|
goto error;
|
|
if (write_log_replace_delete_frm(lpt, next_entry, (const char*)tmp_path,
|
|
(const char*)path, TRUE))
|
|
goto error;
|
|
log_entry= part_info->first_log_entry;
|
|
part_info->frm_log_entry= log_entry;
|
|
if (write_execute_ddl_log_entry(log_entry->entry_pos,
|
|
FALSE, &exec_log_entry))
|
|
goto error;
|
|
release_part_info_log_entries(old_first_log_entry);
|
|
mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
error:
|
|
release_part_info_log_entries(part_info->first_log_entry);
|
|
mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
part_info->first_log_entry= old_first_log_entry;
|
|
part_info->frm_log_entry= NULL;
|
|
my_error(ER_DDL_LOG_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Write the log entries to ensure that the add partition command is not
|
|
executed at all if a crash before it has completed
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
write_log_add_change_partition()
|
|
lpt Struct containing parameters
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Error
|
|
FALSE Success
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Prepare entries to the ddl log indicating all partitions to drop and to
|
|
remove the shadow frm file.
|
|
We always inject entries backwards in the list in the ddl log since we
|
|
don't know the entry position until we have written it.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool write_log_add_change_partition(ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt)
|
|
{
|
|
partition_info *part_info= lpt->part_info;
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *log_entry;
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *exec_log_entry= part_info->exec_log_entry;
|
|
char tmp_path[FN_REFLEN + 1];
|
|
char path[FN_REFLEN + 1];
|
|
uint next_entry= 0;
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *old_first_log_entry= part_info->first_log_entry;
|
|
/* write_log_drop_shadow_frm(lpt) must have been run first */
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(old_first_log_entry);
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("write_log_add_change_partition");
|
|
|
|
build_table_filename(path, sizeof(path) - 1, lpt->db,
|
|
lpt->table_name, "", 0);
|
|
build_table_shadow_filename(tmp_path, sizeof(tmp_path) - 1, lpt);
|
|
mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
|
|
/* Relink the previous drop shadow frm entry */
|
|
if (old_first_log_entry)
|
|
next_entry= old_first_log_entry->entry_pos;
|
|
if (write_log_dropped_partitions(lpt, &next_entry, (const char*)path,
|
|
FALSE))
|
|
goto error;
|
|
log_entry= part_info->first_log_entry;
|
|
|
|
if (write_execute_ddl_log_entry(log_entry->entry_pos,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
/* Reuse the old execute ddl_log_entry */
|
|
&exec_log_entry))
|
|
goto error;
|
|
mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
set_part_info_exec_log_entry(part_info, exec_log_entry);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
error:
|
|
release_part_info_log_entries(part_info->first_log_entry);
|
|
mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
part_info->first_log_entry= old_first_log_entry;
|
|
my_error(ER_DDL_LOG_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Write description of how to complete the operation after first phase of
|
|
change partitions.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
write_log_final_change_partition()
|
|
lpt Struct containing parameters
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Error
|
|
FALSE Success
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
We will write log entries that specify to
|
|
1) Install the shadow frm file.
|
|
2) Remove all partitions reorganized. (To be able to reorganize a partition
|
|
to the same name. Like in REORGANIZE p0 INTO (p0, p1),
|
|
so that the later rename from the new p0-temporary name to p0 don't
|
|
fail because the partition already exists.
|
|
3) Rename others to reflect the new naming scheme.
|
|
|
|
Note that it is written in the ddl log in reverse.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static bool write_log_final_change_partition(ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt)
|
|
{
|
|
partition_info *part_info= lpt->part_info;
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *log_entry;
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *exec_log_entry= part_info->exec_log_entry;
|
|
char path[FN_REFLEN + 1];
|
|
char shadow_path[FN_REFLEN + 1];
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *old_first_log_entry= part_info->first_log_entry;
|
|
uint next_entry= 0;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("write_log_final_change_partition");
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Do not link any previous log entry.
|
|
Replace the revert operations with forced retry operations.
|
|
*/
|
|
part_info->first_log_entry= NULL;
|
|
build_table_filename(path, sizeof(path) - 1, lpt->db,
|
|
lpt->table_name, "", 0);
|
|
build_table_shadow_filename(shadow_path, sizeof(shadow_path) - 1, lpt);
|
|
mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
if (write_log_changed_partitions(lpt, &next_entry, (const char*)path))
|
|
goto error;
|
|
if (write_log_dropped_partitions(lpt, &next_entry, (const char*)path,
|
|
lpt->alter_info->flags &
|
|
Alter_info::ALTER_REORGANIZE_PARTITION))
|
|
goto error;
|
|
if (write_log_replace_delete_frm(lpt, next_entry, shadow_path, path, TRUE))
|
|
goto error;
|
|
log_entry= part_info->first_log_entry;
|
|
part_info->frm_log_entry= log_entry;
|
|
/* Overwrite the revert execute log entry with this retry execute entry */
|
|
if (write_execute_ddl_log_entry(log_entry->entry_pos,
|
|
FALSE, &exec_log_entry))
|
|
goto error;
|
|
release_part_info_log_entries(old_first_log_entry);
|
|
mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
error:
|
|
release_part_info_log_entries(part_info->first_log_entry);
|
|
mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
part_info->first_log_entry= old_first_log_entry;
|
|
part_info->frm_log_entry= NULL;
|
|
my_error(ER_DDL_LOG_ERROR, MYF(0));
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Remove entry from ddl log and release resources for others to use
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
write_log_completed()
|
|
lpt Struct containing parameters
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
TRUE Error
|
|
FALSE Success
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void write_log_completed(ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt,
|
|
bool dont_crash)
|
|
{
|
|
partition_info *part_info= lpt->part_info;
|
|
DDL_LOG_MEMORY_ENTRY *log_entry= part_info->exec_log_entry;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("write_log_completed");
|
|
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(log_entry);
|
|
mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
if (write_execute_ddl_log_entry(0UL, TRUE, &log_entry))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Failed to write, Bad...
|
|
We have completed the operation but have log records to REMOVE
|
|
stuff that shouldn't be removed. What clever things could one do
|
|
here? An error output was written to the error output by the
|
|
above method so we don't do anything here.
|
|
*/
|
|
;
|
|
}
|
|
release_part_info_log_entries(part_info->first_log_entry);
|
|
release_part_info_log_entries(part_info->exec_log_entry);
|
|
mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
part_info->exec_log_entry= NULL;
|
|
part_info->first_log_entry= NULL;
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Release all log entries
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
release_log_entries()
|
|
part_info Partition info struct
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
NONE
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void release_log_entries(partition_info *part_info)
|
|
{
|
|
mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
release_part_info_log_entries(part_info->first_log_entry);
|
|
release_part_info_log_entries(part_info->exec_log_entry);
|
|
mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_gdl);
|
|
part_info->first_log_entry= NULL;
|
|
part_info->exec_log_entry= NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Final part of partition changes to handle things when under
|
|
LOCK TABLES.
|
|
SYNPOSIS
|
|
alter_partition_lock_handling()
|
|
lpt Struct carrying parameters
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
NONE
|
|
*/
|
|
static void alter_partition_lock_handling(ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt)
|
|
{
|
|
THD *thd= lpt->thd;
|
|
|
|
if (lpt->table)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Remove all instances of the table and its locks and other resources.
|
|
*/
|
|
close_all_tables_for_name(thd, lpt->table->s, HA_EXTRA_NOT_USED, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
lpt->table= 0;
|
|
lpt->table_list->table= 0;
|
|
if (thd->locked_tables_mode)
|
|
{
|
|
Diagnostics_area *stmt_da= NULL;
|
|
Diagnostics_area tmp_stmt_da(true);
|
|
|
|
if (thd->is_error())
|
|
{
|
|
/* reopen might fail if we have a previous error, use a temporary da. */
|
|
stmt_da= thd->get_stmt_da();
|
|
thd->set_stmt_da(&tmp_stmt_da);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (thd->locked_tables_list.reopen_tables(thd))
|
|
sql_print_warning("We failed to reacquire LOCKs in ALTER TABLE");
|
|
|
|
if (stmt_da)
|
|
thd->set_stmt_da(stmt_da);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Unlock and close table before renaming and dropping partitions.
|
|
|
|
@param lpt Struct carrying parameters
|
|
|
|
@return Always 0.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int alter_close_table(ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt)
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("alter_close_table");
|
|
|
|
if (lpt->table->db_stat)
|
|
{
|
|
mysql_lock_remove(lpt->thd, lpt->thd->lock, lpt->table);
|
|
lpt->table->file->ha_close();
|
|
lpt->table->db_stat= 0; // Mark file closed
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Handle errors for ALTER TABLE for partitioning.
|
|
|
|
@param lpt Struct carrying parameters
|
|
@param action_completed The action must be completed, NOT reverted
|
|
@param drop_partition Partitions has not been dropped yet
|
|
@param frm_install The shadow frm-file has not yet been installed
|
|
@param close_table Table is still open, close it before reverting
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void handle_alter_part_error(ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt,
|
|
bool action_completed,
|
|
bool drop_partition,
|
|
bool frm_install,
|
|
bool close_table)
|
|
{
|
|
partition_info *part_info= lpt->part_info;
|
|
THD *thd= lpt->thd;
|
|
TABLE *table= lpt->table;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("handle_alter_part_error");
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(table->m_needs_reopen);
|
|
|
|
if (close_table)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
All instances of this table needs to be closed.
|
|
Better to do that here, than leave the cleaning up to others.
|
|
Aquire EXCLUSIVE mdl lock if not already aquired.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!thd->mdl_context.is_lock_owner(MDL_key::TABLE, lpt->db,
|
|
lpt->table_name,
|
|
MDL_EXCLUSIVE))
|
|
{
|
|
if (wait_while_table_is_used(thd, table, HA_EXTRA_FORCE_REOPEN))
|
|
{
|
|
/* At least remove this instance on failure */
|
|
goto err_exclusive_lock;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* Ensure the share is destroyed and reopened. */
|
|
if (part_info)
|
|
part_info= part_info->get_clone(thd);
|
|
close_all_tables_for_name(thd, table->s, HA_EXTRA_NOT_USED, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
err_exclusive_lock:
|
|
/*
|
|
Temporarily remove it from the locked table list, so that it will get
|
|
reopened.
|
|
*/
|
|
thd->locked_tables_list.unlink_from_list(thd,
|
|
table->pos_in_locked_tables,
|
|
false);
|
|
/*
|
|
Make sure that the table is unlocked, closed and removed from
|
|
the table cache.
|
|
*/
|
|
mysql_lock_remove(thd, thd->lock, table);
|
|
if (part_info)
|
|
part_info= part_info->get_clone(thd);
|
|
close_thread_table(thd, &thd->open_tables);
|
|
lpt->table_list->table= NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (part_info->first_log_entry &&
|
|
execute_ddl_log_entry(thd, part_info->first_log_entry->entry_pos))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
We couldn't recover from error, most likely manual interaction
|
|
is required.
|
|
*/
|
|
write_log_completed(lpt, FALSE);
|
|
release_log_entries(part_info);
|
|
if (!action_completed)
|
|
{
|
|
if (drop_partition)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Table is still ok, but we left a shadow frm file behind. */
|
|
push_warning_printf(thd, Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN, 1,
|
|
"%s %s",
|
|
"Operation was unsuccessful, table is still intact,",
|
|
"but it is possible that a shadow frm file was left behind");
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
push_warning_printf(thd, Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN, 1,
|
|
"%s %s %s %s",
|
|
"Operation was unsuccessful, table is still intact,",
|
|
"but it is possible that a shadow frm file was left behind.",
|
|
"It is also possible that temporary partitions are left behind,",
|
|
"these could be empty or more or less filled with records");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (frm_install)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Failed during install of shadow frm file, table isn't intact
|
|
and dropped partitions are still there
|
|
*/
|
|
push_warning_printf(thd, Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN, 1,
|
|
"%s %s %s",
|
|
"Failed during alter of partitions, table is no longer intact.",
|
|
"The frm file is in an unknown state, and a backup",
|
|
"is required.");
|
|
}
|
|
else if (drop_partition)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Table is ok, we have switched to new table but left dropped
|
|
partitions still in their places. We remove the log records and
|
|
ask the user to perform the action manually. We remove the log
|
|
records and ask the user to perform the action manually.
|
|
*/
|
|
push_warning_printf(thd, Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN, 1,
|
|
"%s %s",
|
|
"Failed during drop of partitions, table is intact.",
|
|
"Manual drop of remaining partitions is required");
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
We failed during renaming of partitions. The table is most
|
|
certainly in a very bad state so we give user warning and disable
|
|
the table by writing an ancient frm version into it.
|
|
*/
|
|
push_warning_printf(thd, Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN, 1,
|
|
"%s %s %s",
|
|
"Failed during renaming of partitions. We are now in a position",
|
|
"where table is not reusable",
|
|
"Table is disabled by writing ancient frm file version into it");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
release_log_entries(part_info);
|
|
if (!action_completed)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
We hit an error before things were completed but managed
|
|
to recover from the error. An error occurred and we have
|
|
restored things to original so no need for further action.
|
|
*/
|
|
;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
We hit an error after we had completed most of the operation
|
|
and were successful in a second attempt so the operation
|
|
actually is successful now. We need to issue a warning that
|
|
even though we reported an error the operation was successfully
|
|
completed.
|
|
*/
|
|
push_warning_printf(thd, Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN, 1,"%s %s",
|
|
"Operation was successfully completed by failure handling,",
|
|
"after failure of normal operation");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (thd->locked_tables_mode)
|
|
{
|
|
Diagnostics_area *stmt_da= NULL;
|
|
Diagnostics_area tmp_stmt_da(true);
|
|
|
|
if (thd->is_error())
|
|
{
|
|
/* reopen might fail if we have a previous error, use a temporary da. */
|
|
stmt_da= thd->get_stmt_da();
|
|
thd->set_stmt_da(&tmp_stmt_da);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (thd->locked_tables_list.reopen_tables(thd))
|
|
sql_print_warning("We failed to reacquire LOCKs in ALTER TABLE");
|
|
|
|
if (stmt_da)
|
|
thd->set_stmt_da(stmt_da);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Downgrade an exclusive MDL lock if under LOCK TABLE.
|
|
|
|
If we don't downgrade the lock, it will not be downgraded or released
|
|
until the table is unlocked, resulting in blocking other threads using
|
|
the table.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void downgrade_mdl_if_lock_tables_mode(THD *thd, MDL_ticket *ticket,
|
|
enum_mdl_type type)
|
|
{
|
|
if (thd->locked_tables_mode)
|
|
ticket->downgrade_lock(type);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Actually perform the change requested by ALTER TABLE of partitions
|
|
previously prepared.
|
|
|
|
@param thd Thread object
|
|
@param table Original table object with new part_info
|
|
@param alter_info ALTER TABLE info
|
|
@param create_info Create info for CREATE TABLE
|
|
@param table_list List of the table involved
|
|
@param db Database name of new table
|
|
@param table_name Table name of new table
|
|
|
|
@return Operation status
|
|
@retval TRUE Error
|
|
@retval FALSE Success
|
|
|
|
@note
|
|
Perform all ALTER TABLE operations for partitioned tables that can be
|
|
performed fast without a full copy of the original table.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
uint fast_alter_partition_table(THD *thd, TABLE *table,
|
|
Alter_info *alter_info,
|
|
HA_CREATE_INFO *create_info,
|
|
TABLE_LIST *table_list,
|
|
const char *db,
|
|
const char *table_name)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Set-up struct used to write frm files */
|
|
partition_info *part_info;
|
|
ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE lpt_obj;
|
|
ALTER_PARTITION_PARAM_TYPE *lpt= &lpt_obj;
|
|
bool action_completed= FALSE;
|
|
bool close_table_on_failure= FALSE;
|
|
bool frm_install= FALSE;
|
|
MDL_ticket *mdl_ticket= table->mdl_ticket;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("fast_alter_partition_table");
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(table->m_needs_reopen);
|
|
|
|
part_info= table->part_info;
|
|
lpt->thd= thd;
|
|
lpt->table_list= table_list;
|
|
lpt->part_info= part_info;
|
|
lpt->alter_info= alter_info;
|
|
lpt->create_info= create_info;
|
|
lpt->db_options= create_info->table_options;
|
|
if (create_info->row_type == ROW_TYPE_DYNAMIC)
|
|
lpt->db_options|= HA_OPTION_PACK_RECORD;
|
|
lpt->table= table;
|
|
lpt->key_info_buffer= 0;
|
|
lpt->key_count= 0;
|
|
lpt->db= db;
|
|
lpt->table_name= table_name;
|
|
lpt->copied= 0;
|
|
lpt->deleted= 0;
|
|
lpt->pack_frm_data= NULL;
|
|
lpt->pack_frm_len= 0;
|
|
|
|
if (table->file->alter_table_flags(alter_info->flags) &
|
|
HA_PARTITION_ONE_PHASE)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
In the case where the engine supports one phase online partition
|
|
changes it is not necessary to have any exclusive locks. The
|
|
correctness is upheld instead by transactions being aborted if they
|
|
access the table after its partition definition has changed (if they
|
|
are still using the old partition definition).
|
|
|
|
The handler is in this case responsible to ensure that all users
|
|
start using the new frm file after it has changed. To implement
|
|
one phase it is necessary for the handler to have the master copy
|
|
of the frm file and use discovery mechanisms to renew it. Thus
|
|
write frm will write the frm, pack the new frm and finally
|
|
the frm is deleted and the discovery mechanisms will either restore
|
|
back to the old or installing the new after the change is activated.
|
|
|
|
Thus all open tables will be discovered that they are old, if not
|
|
earlier as soon as they try an operation using the old table. One
|
|
should ensure that this is checked already when opening a table,
|
|
even if it is found in the cache of open tables.
|
|
|
|
change_partitions will perform all operations and it is the duty of
|
|
the handler to ensure that the frm files in the system gets updated
|
|
in synch with the changes made and if an error occurs that a proper
|
|
error handling is done.
|
|
|
|
If the MySQL Server crashes at this moment but the handler succeeds
|
|
in performing the change then the binlog is not written for the
|
|
change. There is no way to solve this as long as the binlog is not
|
|
transactional and even then it is hard to solve it completely.
|
|
|
|
The first approach here was to downgrade locks. Now a different approach
|
|
is decided upon. The idea is that the handler will have access to the
|
|
Alter_info when store_lock arrives with TL_WRITE_ALLOW_READ. So if the
|
|
handler knows that this functionality can be handled with a lower lock
|
|
level it will set the lock level to TL_WRITE_ALLOW_WRITE immediately.
|
|
Thus the need to downgrade the lock disappears.
|
|
1) Write the new frm, pack it and then delete it
|
|
2) Perform the change within the handler
|
|
*/
|
|
if (mysql_write_frm(lpt, WFRM_WRITE_SHADOW) ||
|
|
mysql_change_partitions(lpt))
|
|
{
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_DROP_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Now after all checks and setting state on dropped partitions we can
|
|
start the actual dropping of the partitions.
|
|
|
|
Drop partition is actually two things happening. The first is that
|
|
a lot of records are deleted. The second is that the behaviour of
|
|
subsequent updates and writes and deletes will change. The delete
|
|
part can be handled without any particular high lock level by
|
|
transactional engines whereas non-transactional engines need to
|
|
ensure that this change is done with an exclusive lock on the table.
|
|
The second part, the change of partitioning does however require
|
|
an exclusive lock to install the new partitioning as one atomic
|
|
operation. If this is not the case, it is possible for two
|
|
transactions to see the change in a different order than their
|
|
serialisation order. Thus we need an exclusive lock for both
|
|
transactional and non-transactional engines.
|
|
|
|
For LIST partitions it could be possible to avoid the exclusive lock
|
|
(and for RANGE partitions if they didn't rearrange range definitions
|
|
after a DROP PARTITION) if one ensured that failed accesses to the
|
|
dropped partitions was aborted for sure (thus only possible for
|
|
transactional engines).
|
|
|
|
0) Write an entry that removes the shadow frm file if crash occurs
|
|
1) Write the new frm file as a shadow frm
|
|
2) Get an exclusive metadata lock on the table (waits for all active
|
|
transactions using this table). This ensures that we
|
|
can release all other locks on the table and since no one can open
|
|
the table, there can be no new threads accessing the table. They
|
|
will be hanging on this exclusive lock.
|
|
3) Write the ddl log to ensure that the operation is completed
|
|
even in the presence of a MySQL Server crash (the log is executed
|
|
before any other threads are started, so there are no locking issues).
|
|
4) Close the table that have already been opened but didn't stumble on
|
|
the abort locked previously. This is done as part of the
|
|
alter_close_table call.
|
|
5) Write the bin log
|
|
Unfortunately the writing of the binlog is not synchronised with
|
|
other logging activities. So no matter in which order the binlog
|
|
is written compared to other activities there will always be cases
|
|
where crashes make strange things occur. In this placement it can
|
|
happen that the ALTER TABLE DROP PARTITION gets performed in the
|
|
master but not in the slaves if we have a crash, after writing the
|
|
ddl log but before writing the binlog. A solution to this would
|
|
require writing the statement first in the ddl log and then
|
|
when recovering from the crash read the binlog and insert it into
|
|
the binlog if not written already.
|
|
6) Install the previously written shadow frm file
|
|
7) Prepare handlers for drop of partitions
|
|
8) Drop the partitions
|
|
9) Remove entries from ddl log
|
|
10) Reopen table if under lock tables
|
|
11) Complete query
|
|
|
|
We insert Error injections at all places where it could be interesting
|
|
to test if recovery is properly done.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (write_log_drop_shadow_frm(lpt) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_drop_partition_1") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_drop_partition_1") ||
|
|
mysql_write_frm(lpt, WFRM_WRITE_SHADOW) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_drop_partition_2") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_drop_partition_2") ||
|
|
wait_while_table_is_used(thd, table, HA_EXTRA_NOT_USED) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_drop_partition_3") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_drop_partition_3") ||
|
|
(close_table_on_failure= TRUE, FALSE) ||
|
|
write_log_drop_partition(lpt) ||
|
|
(action_completed= TRUE, FALSE) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_drop_partition_4") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_drop_partition_4") ||
|
|
alter_close_table(lpt) ||
|
|
(close_table_on_failure= FALSE, FALSE) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_drop_partition_5") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_drop_partition_5") ||
|
|
((!thd->lex->no_write_to_binlog) &&
|
|
(write_bin_log(thd, FALSE,
|
|
thd->query(), thd->query_length()), FALSE)) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_drop_partition_6") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_drop_partition_6") ||
|
|
(frm_install= TRUE, FALSE) ||
|
|
mysql_write_frm(lpt, WFRM_INSTALL_SHADOW) ||
|
|
(frm_install= FALSE, FALSE) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_drop_partition_7") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_drop_partition_7") ||
|
|
mysql_drop_partitions(lpt) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_drop_partition_8") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_drop_partition_8") ||
|
|
(write_log_completed(lpt, FALSE), FALSE) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_drop_partition_9") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_drop_partition_9") ||
|
|
(alter_partition_lock_handling(lpt), FALSE))
|
|
{
|
|
handle_alter_part_error(lpt, action_completed, TRUE, frm_install,
|
|
close_table_on_failure);
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if ((alter_info->flags & Alter_info::ALTER_ADD_PARTITION) &&
|
|
(part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION ||
|
|
part_info->part_type == LIST_PARTITION))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
ADD RANGE/LIST PARTITIONS
|
|
In this case there are no tuples removed and no tuples are added.
|
|
Thus the operation is merely adding a new partition. Thus it is
|
|
necessary to perform the change as an atomic operation. Otherwise
|
|
someone reading without seeing the new partition could potentially
|
|
miss updates made by a transaction serialised before it that are
|
|
inserted into the new partition.
|
|
|
|
0) Write an entry that removes the shadow frm file if crash occurs
|
|
1) Write the new frm file as a shadow frm file
|
|
2) Get an exclusive metadata lock on the table (waits for all active
|
|
transactions using this table). This ensures that we
|
|
can release all other locks on the table and since no one can open
|
|
the table, there can be no new threads accessing the table. They
|
|
will be hanging on this exclusive lock.
|
|
3) Write an entry to remove the new parttions if crash occurs
|
|
4) Add the new partitions.
|
|
5) Close all instances of the table and remove them from the table cache.
|
|
6) Write binlog
|
|
7) Now the change is completed except for the installation of the
|
|
new frm file. We thus write an action in the log to change to
|
|
the shadow frm file
|
|
8) Install the new frm file of the table where the partitions are
|
|
added to the table.
|
|
9) Remove entries from ddl log
|
|
10)Reopen tables if under lock tables
|
|
11)Complete query
|
|
*/
|
|
if (write_log_drop_shadow_frm(lpt) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_add_partition_1") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_add_partition_1") ||
|
|
mysql_write_frm(lpt, WFRM_WRITE_SHADOW) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_add_partition_2") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_add_partition_2") ||
|
|
wait_while_table_is_used(thd, table, HA_EXTRA_NOT_USED) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_add_partition_3") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_add_partition_3") ||
|
|
(close_table_on_failure= TRUE, FALSE) ||
|
|
write_log_add_change_partition(lpt) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_add_partition_4") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_add_partition_4") ||
|
|
mysql_change_partitions(lpt) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_add_partition_5") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_add_partition_5") ||
|
|
(close_table_on_failure= FALSE, FALSE) ||
|
|
alter_close_table(lpt) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_add_partition_6") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_add_partition_6") ||
|
|
((!thd->lex->no_write_to_binlog) &&
|
|
(write_bin_log(thd, FALSE,
|
|
thd->query(), thd->query_length()), FALSE)) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_add_partition_7") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_add_partition_7") ||
|
|
write_log_rename_frm(lpt) ||
|
|
(action_completed= TRUE, FALSE) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_add_partition_8") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_add_partition_8") ||
|
|
(frm_install= TRUE, FALSE) ||
|
|
mysql_write_frm(lpt, WFRM_INSTALL_SHADOW) ||
|
|
(frm_install= FALSE, FALSE) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_add_partition_9") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_add_partition_9") ||
|
|
(write_log_completed(lpt, FALSE), FALSE) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_add_partition_10") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_add_partition_10") ||
|
|
(alter_partition_lock_handling(lpt), FALSE))
|
|
{
|
|
handle_alter_part_error(lpt, action_completed, FALSE, frm_install,
|
|
close_table_on_failure);
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
ADD HASH PARTITION/
|
|
COALESCE PARTITION/
|
|
REBUILD PARTITION/
|
|
REORGANIZE PARTITION
|
|
|
|
In this case all records are still around after the change although
|
|
possibly organised into new partitions, thus by ensuring that all
|
|
updates go to both the old and the new partitioning scheme we can
|
|
actually perform this operation lock-free. The only exception to
|
|
this is when REORGANIZE PARTITION adds/drops ranges. In this case
|
|
there needs to be an exclusive lock during the time when the range
|
|
changes occur.
|
|
This is only possible if the handler can ensure double-write for a
|
|
period. The double write will ensure that it doesn't matter where the
|
|
data is read from since both places are updated for writes. If such
|
|
double writing is not performed then it is necessary to perform the
|
|
change with the usual exclusive lock. With double writes it is even
|
|
possible to perform writes in parallel with the reorganisation of
|
|
partitions.
|
|
|
|
Without double write procedure we get the following procedure.
|
|
The only difference with using double write is that we can downgrade
|
|
the lock to TL_WRITE_ALLOW_WRITE. Double write in this case only
|
|
double writes from old to new. If we had double writing in both
|
|
directions we could perform the change completely without exclusive
|
|
lock for HASH partitions.
|
|
Handlers that perform double writing during the copy phase can actually
|
|
use a lower lock level. This can be handled inside store_lock in the
|
|
respective handler.
|
|
|
|
0) Write an entry that removes the shadow frm file if crash occurs.
|
|
1) Write the shadow frm file of new partitioning.
|
|
2) Log such that temporary partitions added in change phase are
|
|
removed in a crash situation.
|
|
3) Add the new partitions.
|
|
Copy from the reorganised partitions to the new partitions.
|
|
4) Get an exclusive metadata lock on the table (waits for all active
|
|
transactions using this table). This ensures that we
|
|
can release all other locks on the table and since no one can open
|
|
the table, there can be no new threads accessing the table. They
|
|
will be hanging on this exclusive lock.
|
|
5) Close the table.
|
|
6) Log that operation is completed and log all complete actions
|
|
needed to complete operation from here.
|
|
7) Write bin log.
|
|
8) Prepare handlers for rename and delete of partitions.
|
|
9) Rename and drop the reorged partitions such that they are no
|
|
longer used and rename those added to their real new names.
|
|
10) Install the shadow frm file.
|
|
11) Reopen the table if under lock tables.
|
|
12) Complete query.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (write_log_drop_shadow_frm(lpt) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_change_partition_1") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_change_partition_1") ||
|
|
mysql_write_frm(lpt, WFRM_WRITE_SHADOW) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_change_partition_2") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_change_partition_2") ||
|
|
(close_table_on_failure= TRUE, FALSE) ||
|
|
write_log_add_change_partition(lpt) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_change_partition_3") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_change_partition_3") ||
|
|
mysql_change_partitions(lpt) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_change_partition_4") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_change_partition_4") ||
|
|
wait_while_table_is_used(thd, table, HA_EXTRA_NOT_USED) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_change_partition_5") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_change_partition_5") ||
|
|
alter_close_table(lpt) ||
|
|
(close_table_on_failure= FALSE, FALSE) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_change_partition_6") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_change_partition_6") ||
|
|
write_log_final_change_partition(lpt) ||
|
|
(action_completed= TRUE, FALSE) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_change_partition_7") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_change_partition_7") ||
|
|
((!thd->lex->no_write_to_binlog) &&
|
|
(write_bin_log(thd, FALSE,
|
|
thd->query(), thd->query_length()), FALSE)) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_change_partition_8") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_change_partition_8") ||
|
|
((frm_install= TRUE), FALSE) ||
|
|
mysql_write_frm(lpt, WFRM_INSTALL_SHADOW) ||
|
|
(frm_install= FALSE, FALSE) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_change_partition_9") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_change_partition_9") ||
|
|
mysql_drop_partitions(lpt) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_change_partition_10") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_change_partition_10") ||
|
|
mysql_rename_partitions(lpt) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_change_partition_11") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_change_partition_11") ||
|
|
(write_log_completed(lpt, FALSE), FALSE) ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_CRASH("crash_change_partition_12") ||
|
|
ERROR_INJECT_ERROR("fail_change_partition_12") ||
|
|
(alter_partition_lock_handling(lpt), FALSE))
|
|
{
|
|
handle_alter_part_error(lpt, action_completed, FALSE, frm_install,
|
|
close_table_on_failure);
|
|
goto err;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
downgrade_mdl_if_lock_tables_mode(thd, mdl_ticket, MDL_SHARED_NO_READ_WRITE);
|
|
/*
|
|
A final step is to write the query to the binlog and send ok to the
|
|
user
|
|
*/
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(fast_end_partition(thd, lpt->copied, lpt->deleted, table_list));
|
|
err:
|
|
downgrade_mdl_if_lock_tables_mode(thd, mdl_ticket, MDL_SHARED_NO_READ_WRITE);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Prepare for calling val_int on partition function by setting fields to
|
|
point to the record where the values of the PF-fields are stored.
|
|
This variant works on a key_part reference.
|
|
It is not required that all fields are NOT NULL fields.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
set_key_field_ptr()
|
|
key_info key info with a set of fields to change ptr
|
|
new_buf New record pointer
|
|
old_buf Old record pointer
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Set ptr in field objects of field array to refer to new_buf record
|
|
instead of previously old_buf. Used before calling val_int and after
|
|
it is used to restore pointers to table->record[0].
|
|
This routine is placed outside of partition code since it can be useful
|
|
also for other programs.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void set_key_field_ptr(KEY *key_info, const uchar *new_buf,
|
|
const uchar *old_buf)
|
|
{
|
|
KEY_PART_INFO *key_part= key_info->key_part;
|
|
uint key_parts= key_info->user_defined_key_parts;
|
|
uint i= 0;
|
|
my_ptrdiff_t diff= (new_buf - old_buf);
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("set_key_field_ptr");
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
key_part->field->move_field_offset(diff);
|
|
key_part++;
|
|
} while (++i < key_parts);
|
|
DBUG_VOID_RETURN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
mem_alloc_error()
|
|
size Size of memory attempted to allocate
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUES
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
A routine to use for all the many places in the code where memory
|
|
allocation error can happen, a tremendous amount of them, needs
|
|
simple routine that signals this error.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void mem_alloc_error(size_t size)
|
|
{
|
|
my_error(ER_OUTOFMEMORY, MYF(ME_FATALERROR),
|
|
static_cast<int>(size));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE
|
|
/**
|
|
Return comma-separated list of used partitions in the provided given string.
|
|
|
|
@param mem_root Where to allocate following list
|
|
@param part_info Partitioning info
|
|
@param[out] parts The resulting list of string to fill
|
|
@param[out] used_partitions_list result list to fill
|
|
|
|
Generate a list of used partitions (from bits in part_info->read_partitions
|
|
bitmap), and store it into the provided String object.
|
|
|
|
@note
|
|
The produced string must not be longer then MAX_PARTITIONS * (1 + FN_LEN).
|
|
In case of UPDATE, only the partitions read is given, not the partitions
|
|
that was written or locked.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void make_used_partitions_str(MEM_ROOT *alloc,
|
|
partition_info *part_info,
|
|
String *parts_str,
|
|
String_list &used_partitions_list)
|
|
{
|
|
parts_str->length(0);
|
|
partition_element *pe;
|
|
uint partition_id= 0;
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> it(part_info->partitions);
|
|
|
|
if (part_info->is_sub_partitioned())
|
|
{
|
|
partition_element *head_pe;
|
|
while ((head_pe= it++))
|
|
{
|
|
List_iterator<partition_element> it2(head_pe->subpartitions);
|
|
while ((pe= it2++))
|
|
{
|
|
if (bitmap_is_set(&part_info->read_partitions, partition_id))
|
|
{
|
|
if (parts_str->length())
|
|
parts_str->append(',');
|
|
uint index= parts_str->length();
|
|
parts_str->append(head_pe->partition_name,
|
|
strlen(head_pe->partition_name),
|
|
system_charset_info);
|
|
parts_str->append('_');
|
|
parts_str->append(pe->partition_name,
|
|
strlen(pe->partition_name),
|
|
system_charset_info);
|
|
used_partitions_list.append_str(alloc, parts_str->ptr() + index);
|
|
}
|
|
partition_id++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
while ((pe= it++))
|
|
{
|
|
if (bitmap_is_set(&part_info->read_partitions, partition_id))
|
|
{
|
|
if (parts_str->length())
|
|
parts_str->append(',');
|
|
used_partitions_list.append_str(alloc, pe->partition_name);
|
|
parts_str->append(pe->partition_name, strlen(pe->partition_name),
|
|
system_charset_info);
|
|
}
|
|
partition_id++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/****************************************************************************
|
|
* Partition interval analysis support
|
|
***************************************************************************/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Setup partition_info::* members related to partitioning range analysis
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
set_up_partition_func_pointers()
|
|
part_info Partitioning info structure
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Assuming that passed partition_info structure already has correct values
|
|
for members that specify [sub]partitioning type, table fields, and
|
|
functions, set up partition_info::* members that are related to
|
|
Partitioning Interval Analysis (see get_partitions_in_range_iter for its
|
|
definition)
|
|
|
|
IMPLEMENTATION
|
|
There are three available interval analyzer functions:
|
|
(1) get_part_iter_for_interval_via_mapping
|
|
(2) get_part_iter_for_interval_cols_via_map
|
|
(3) get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking
|
|
|
|
They all have limited applicability:
|
|
(1) is applicable for "PARTITION BY <RANGE|LIST>(func(t.field))", where
|
|
func is a monotonic function.
|
|
|
|
(2) is applicable for "PARTITION BY <RANGE|LIST> COLUMNS (field_list)
|
|
|
|
(3) is applicable for
|
|
"[SUB]PARTITION BY <any-partitioning-type>(any_func(t.integer_field))"
|
|
|
|
If both (1) and (3) are applicable, (1) is preferred over (3).
|
|
|
|
This function sets part_info::get_part_iter_for_interval according to
|
|
this criteria, and also sets some auxilary fields that the function
|
|
uses.
|
|
*/
|
|
#ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE
|
|
static void set_up_range_analysis_info(partition_info *part_info)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Set the catch-all default */
|
|
part_info->get_part_iter_for_interval= NULL;
|
|
part_info->get_subpart_iter_for_interval= NULL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Check if get_part_iter_for_interval_via_mapping() can be used for
|
|
partitioning
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (part_info->part_type) {
|
|
case RANGE_PARTITION:
|
|
case LIST_PARTITION:
|
|
if (!part_info->column_list)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->part_expr->get_monotonicity_info() != NON_MONOTONIC)
|
|
{
|
|
part_info->get_part_iter_for_interval=
|
|
get_part_iter_for_interval_via_mapping;
|
|
goto setup_subparts;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
part_info->get_part_iter_for_interval=
|
|
get_part_iter_for_interval_cols_via_map;
|
|
goto setup_subparts;
|
|
}
|
|
default:
|
|
;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Check if get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking() can be used for
|
|
partitioning
|
|
*/
|
|
if (part_info->num_part_fields == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
Field *field= part_info->part_field_array[0];
|
|
switch (field->type()) {
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_TINY:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_SHORT:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_INT24:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_LONG:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_LONGLONG:
|
|
part_info->get_part_iter_for_interval=
|
|
get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
setup_subparts:
|
|
/*
|
|
Check if get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking() can be used for
|
|
subpartitioning
|
|
*/
|
|
if (part_info->num_subpart_fields == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
Field *field= part_info->subpart_field_array[0];
|
|
switch (field->type()) {
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_TINY:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_SHORT:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_LONG:
|
|
case MYSQL_TYPE_LONGLONG:
|
|
part_info->get_subpart_iter_for_interval=
|
|
get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
This function takes a memory of packed fields in opt-range format
|
|
and stores it in record format. To avoid having to worry about how
|
|
the length of fields are calculated in opt-range format we send
|
|
an array of lengths used for each field in store_length_array.
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
store_tuple_to_record()
|
|
pfield Field array
|
|
store_length_array Array of field lengths
|
|
value Memory where fields are stored
|
|
value_end End of memory
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
nparts Number of fields assigned
|
|
*/
|
|
uint32 store_tuple_to_record(Field **pfield,
|
|
uint32 *store_length_array,
|
|
uchar *value,
|
|
uchar *value_end)
|
|
{
|
|
/* This function is inspired by store_key_image_rec. */
|
|
uint32 nparts= 0;
|
|
uchar *loc_value;
|
|
while (value < value_end)
|
|
{
|
|
loc_value= value;
|
|
if ((*pfield)->real_maybe_null())
|
|
{
|
|
if (*loc_value)
|
|
(*pfield)->set_null();
|
|
else
|
|
(*pfield)->set_notnull();
|
|
loc_value++;
|
|
}
|
|
uint len= (*pfield)->pack_length();
|
|
(*pfield)->set_key_image(loc_value, len);
|
|
value+= *store_length_array;
|
|
store_length_array++;
|
|
nparts++;
|
|
pfield++;
|
|
}
|
|
return nparts;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
RANGE(columns) partitioning: compare partition value bound and probe tuple.
|
|
|
|
@param val Partition column values.
|
|
@param nvals_in_rec Number of (prefix) fields to compare.
|
|
|
|
@return Less than/Equal to/Greater than 0 if the record is L/E/G than val.
|
|
|
|
@note The partition value bound is always a full tuple (but may include the
|
|
MAXVALUE special value). The probe tuple may be a prefix of partitioning
|
|
tuple.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int cmp_rec_and_tuple(part_column_list_val *val, uint32 nvals_in_rec)
|
|
{
|
|
partition_info *part_info= val->part_info;
|
|
Field **field= part_info->part_field_array;
|
|
Field **fields_end= field + nvals_in_rec;
|
|
int res;
|
|
|
|
for (; field != fields_end; field++, val++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (val->max_value)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
if ((*field)->is_null())
|
|
{
|
|
if (val->null_value)
|
|
continue;
|
|
return -1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (val->null_value)
|
|
return +1;
|
|
res= (*field)->cmp((const uchar*)val->column_value);
|
|
if (res)
|
|
return res;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Compare record and columns partition tuple including endpoint handling.
|
|
|
|
@param val Columns partition tuple
|
|
@param n_vals_in_rec Number of columns to compare
|
|
@param is_left_endpoint True if left endpoint (part_tuple < rec or
|
|
part_tuple <= rec)
|
|
@param include_endpoint If endpoint is included (part_tuple <= rec or
|
|
rec <= part_tuple)
|
|
|
|
@return Less than/Equal to/Greater than 0 if the record is L/E/G than
|
|
the partition tuple.
|
|
|
|
@see get_list_array_idx_for_endpoint() and
|
|
get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint().
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static int cmp_rec_and_tuple_prune(part_column_list_val *val,
|
|
uint32 n_vals_in_rec,
|
|
bool is_left_endpoint,
|
|
bool include_endpoint)
|
|
{
|
|
int cmp;
|
|
Field **field;
|
|
if ((cmp= cmp_rec_and_tuple(val, n_vals_in_rec)))
|
|
return cmp;
|
|
field= val->part_info->part_field_array + n_vals_in_rec;
|
|
if (!(*field))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Full match. Only equal if including endpoint. */
|
|
if (include_endpoint)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
if (is_left_endpoint)
|
|
return +4; /* Start of range, part_tuple < rec, return higher. */
|
|
return -4; /* End of range, rec < part_tupe, return lesser. */
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
The prefix is equal and there are more partition columns to compare.
|
|
|
|
If including left endpoint or not including right endpoint
|
|
then the record is considered lesser compared to the partition.
|
|
|
|
i.e:
|
|
part(10, x) <= rec(10, unknown) and rec(10, unknown) < part(10, x)
|
|
part <= rec -> lesser (i.e. this or previous partitions)
|
|
rec < part -> lesser (i.e. this or previous partitions)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (is_left_endpoint == include_endpoint)
|
|
return -2;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
If right endpoint and the first additional partition value
|
|
is MAXVALUE, then the record is lesser.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!is_left_endpoint && (val + n_vals_in_rec)->max_value)
|
|
return -3;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Otherwise the record is considered greater.
|
|
|
|
rec <= part -> greater (i.e. does not match this partition, seek higher).
|
|
part < rec -> greater (i.e. does not match this partition, seek higher).
|
|
*/
|
|
return 2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
typedef uint32 (*get_endpoint_func)(partition_info*, bool left_endpoint,
|
|
bool include_endpoint);
|
|
|
|
typedef uint32 (*get_col_endpoint_func)(partition_info*, bool left_endpoint,
|
|
bool include_endpoint,
|
|
uint32 num_parts);
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Get partition for RANGE COLUMNS endpoint.
|
|
|
|
@param part_info Partitioning metadata.
|
|
@param is_left_endpoint True if left endpoint (const <=/< cols)
|
|
@param include_endpoint True if range includes the endpoint (<=/>=)
|
|
@param nparts Total number of partitions
|
|
|
|
@return Partition id of matching partition.
|
|
|
|
@see get_partition_id_cols_list_for_endpoint and
|
|
get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
uint32 get_partition_id_cols_range_for_endpoint(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
bool is_left_endpoint,
|
|
bool include_endpoint,
|
|
uint32 nparts)
|
|
{
|
|
uint min_part_id= 0, max_part_id= part_info->num_parts, loc_part_id;
|
|
part_column_list_val *range_col_array= part_info->range_col_array;
|
|
uint num_columns= part_info->part_field_list.elements;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_partition_id_cols_range_for_endpoint");
|
|
|
|
/* Find the matching partition (including taking endpoint into account). */
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
/* Midpoint, adjusted down, so it can never be > last partition. */
|
|
loc_part_id= (max_part_id + min_part_id) >> 1;
|
|
if (0 <= cmp_rec_and_tuple_prune(range_col_array +
|
|
loc_part_id * num_columns,
|
|
nparts,
|
|
is_left_endpoint,
|
|
include_endpoint))
|
|
min_part_id= loc_part_id + 1;
|
|
else
|
|
max_part_id= loc_part_id;
|
|
} while (max_part_id > min_part_id);
|
|
loc_part_id= max_part_id;
|
|
|
|
/* Given value must be LESS THAN the found partition. */
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(loc_part_id == part_info->num_parts ||
|
|
(0 > cmp_rec_and_tuple_prune(range_col_array +
|
|
loc_part_id * num_columns,
|
|
nparts, is_left_endpoint,
|
|
include_endpoint)));
|
|
/* Given value must be GREATER THAN or EQUAL to the previous partition. */
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(loc_part_id == 0 ||
|
|
(0 <= cmp_rec_and_tuple_prune(range_col_array +
|
|
(loc_part_id - 1) * num_columns,
|
|
nparts, is_left_endpoint,
|
|
include_endpoint)));
|
|
|
|
if (!is_left_endpoint)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Set the end after this partition if not already after the last. */
|
|
if (loc_part_id < part_info->num_parts)
|
|
loc_part_id++;
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(loc_part_id);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
int get_part_iter_for_interval_cols_via_map(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
bool is_subpart,
|
|
uint32 *store_length_array,
|
|
uchar *min_value, uchar *max_value,
|
|
uint min_len, uint max_len,
|
|
uint flags,
|
|
PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter)
|
|
{
|
|
bool can_match_multiple_values;
|
|
uint32 nparts;
|
|
get_col_endpoint_func UNINIT_VAR(get_col_endpoint);
|
|
uint full_length= 0;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_part_iter_for_interval_cols_via_map");
|
|
|
|
if (part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
get_col_endpoint= get_partition_id_cols_range_for_endpoint;
|
|
part_iter->get_next= get_next_partition_id_range;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (part_info->part_type == LIST_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->has_default_partititon() &&
|
|
part_info->num_parts == 1)
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(-1); //only DEFAULT partition
|
|
get_col_endpoint= get_partition_id_cols_list_for_endpoint;
|
|
part_iter->get_next= get_next_partition_id_list;
|
|
part_iter->part_info= part_info;
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->num_list_values);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
assert(0);
|
|
|
|
for (uint32 i= 0; i < part_info->num_columns; i++)
|
|
full_length+= store_length_array[i];
|
|
|
|
can_match_multiple_values= ((flags &
|
|
(NO_MIN_RANGE | NO_MAX_RANGE | NEAR_MIN |
|
|
NEAR_MAX)) ||
|
|
(min_len != max_len) ||
|
|
(min_len != full_length) ||
|
|
memcmp(min_value, max_value, min_len));
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(can_match_multiple_values || (flags & EQ_RANGE) || flags == 0);
|
|
if (can_match_multiple_values && part_info->has_default_partititon())
|
|
part_iter->ret_default_part= part_iter->ret_default_part_orig= TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (flags & NO_MIN_RANGE)
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.start= part_iter->part_nums.cur= 0;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// Copy from min_value to record
|
|
nparts= store_tuple_to_record(part_info->part_field_array,
|
|
store_length_array,
|
|
min_value,
|
|
min_value + min_len);
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.start= part_iter->part_nums.cur=
|
|
get_col_endpoint(part_info, TRUE, !(flags & NEAR_MIN),
|
|
nparts);
|
|
}
|
|
if (flags & NO_MAX_RANGE)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION)
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.end= part_info->num_parts;
|
|
else /* LIST_PARTITION */
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(part_info->part_type == LIST_PARTITION);
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.end= part_info->num_list_values;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
// Copy from max_value to record
|
|
nparts= store_tuple_to_record(part_info->part_field_array,
|
|
store_length_array,
|
|
max_value,
|
|
max_value + max_len);
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.end= get_col_endpoint(part_info, FALSE,
|
|
!(flags & NEAR_MAX),
|
|
nparts);
|
|
}
|
|
if (part_iter->part_nums.start == part_iter->part_nums.end)
|
|
{
|
|
// No matching partition found.
|
|
if (part_info->has_default_partititon())
|
|
{
|
|
part_iter->ret_default_part= part_iter->ret_default_part_orig= TRUE;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(1);
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(0);
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
Partitioning Interval Analysis: Initialize the iterator for "mapping" case
|
|
|
|
@param part_info Partition info
|
|
@param is_subpart TRUE - act for subpartitioning
|
|
FALSE - act for partitioning
|
|
@param store_length_array Ignored.
|
|
@param min_value minimum field value, in opt_range key format.
|
|
@param max_value minimum field value, in opt_range key format.
|
|
@param min_len Ignored.
|
|
@param max_len Ignored.
|
|
@param flags Some combination of NEAR_MIN, NEAR_MAX, NO_MIN_RANGE,
|
|
NO_MAX_RANGE.
|
|
@param part_iter Iterator structure to be initialized
|
|
|
|
@details Initialize partition set iterator to walk over the interval in
|
|
ordered-array-of-partitions (for RANGE partitioning) or
|
|
ordered-array-of-list-constants (for LIST partitioning) space.
|
|
|
|
This function is used when partitioning is done by
|
|
<RANGE|LIST>(ascending_func(t.field)), and we can map an interval in
|
|
t.field space into a sub-array of partition_info::range_int_array or
|
|
partition_info::list_array (see get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint,
|
|
get_list_array_idx_for_endpoint for details).
|
|
|
|
The function performs this interval mapping, and sets the iterator to
|
|
traverse the sub-array and return appropriate partitions.
|
|
|
|
@return Status of iterator
|
|
@retval 0 No matching partitions (iterator not initialized)
|
|
@retval 1 Ok, iterator intialized for traversal of matching partitions.
|
|
@retval -1 All partitions would match (iterator not initialized)
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int get_part_iter_for_interval_via_mapping(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
bool is_subpart,
|
|
uint32 *store_length_array, /* ignored */
|
|
uchar *min_value, uchar *max_value,
|
|
uint min_len, uint max_len, /* ignored */
|
|
uint flags,
|
|
PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter)
|
|
{
|
|
Field *field= part_info->part_field_array[0];
|
|
uint32 UNINIT_VAR(max_endpoint_val);
|
|
get_endpoint_func UNINIT_VAR(get_endpoint);
|
|
bool can_match_multiple_values; /* is not '=' */
|
|
uint field_len= field->pack_length_in_rec();
|
|
MYSQL_TIME start_date;
|
|
bool check_zero_dates= false;
|
|
bool zero_in_start_date= true;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_part_iter_for_interval_via_mapping");
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(!is_subpart);
|
|
(void) store_length_array;
|
|
(void)min_len;
|
|
(void)max_len;
|
|
part_iter->ret_null_part= part_iter->ret_null_part_orig= FALSE;
|
|
part_iter->ret_default_part= part_iter->ret_default_part_orig= FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_info->part_charset_field_array)
|
|
get_endpoint= get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint_charset;
|
|
else
|
|
get_endpoint= get_partition_id_range_for_endpoint;
|
|
max_endpoint_val= part_info->num_parts;
|
|
part_iter->get_next= get_next_partition_id_range;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (part_info->part_type == LIST_PARTITION)
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (part_info->part_charset_field_array)
|
|
get_endpoint= get_list_array_idx_for_endpoint_charset;
|
|
else
|
|
get_endpoint= get_list_array_idx_for_endpoint;
|
|
max_endpoint_val= part_info->num_list_values;
|
|
part_iter->get_next= get_next_partition_id_list;
|
|
part_iter->part_info= part_info;
|
|
if (max_endpoint_val == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
We handle this special case without optimisations since it is
|
|
of little practical value but causes a great number of complex
|
|
checks later in the code.
|
|
*/
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.start= part_iter->part_nums.end= 0;
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.cur= 0;
|
|
part_iter->ret_null_part= part_iter->ret_null_part_orig= TRUE;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(-1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
MY_ASSERT_UNREACHABLE();
|
|
|
|
can_match_multiple_values= ((flags &
|
|
(NO_MIN_RANGE | NO_MAX_RANGE | NEAR_MIN |
|
|
NEAR_MAX)) ||
|
|
memcmp(min_value, max_value, field_len));
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(can_match_multiple_values || (flags & EQ_RANGE) || flags == 0);
|
|
if (can_match_multiple_values && part_info->has_default_partititon())
|
|
part_iter->ret_default_part= part_iter->ret_default_part_orig= TRUE;
|
|
if (can_match_multiple_values &&
|
|
(part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION ||
|
|
part_info->has_null_value))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Range scan on RANGE or LIST partitioned table */
|
|
enum_monotonicity_info monotonic;
|
|
monotonic= part_info->part_expr->get_monotonicity_info();
|
|
if (monotonic == MONOTONIC_INCREASING_NOT_NULL ||
|
|
monotonic == MONOTONIC_STRICT_INCREASING_NOT_NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* col is NOT NULL, but F(col) can return NULL, add NULL partition */
|
|
part_iter->ret_null_part= part_iter->ret_null_part_orig= TRUE;
|
|
check_zero_dates= true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Find minimum: Do special handling if the interval has left bound in form
|
|
" NULL <= X ":
|
|
*/
|
|
if (field->real_maybe_null() && part_info->has_null_value &&
|
|
!(flags & (NO_MIN_RANGE | NEAR_MIN)) && *min_value)
|
|
{
|
|
part_iter->ret_null_part= part_iter->ret_null_part_orig= TRUE;
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.start= part_iter->part_nums.cur= 0;
|
|
if (!(flags & NO_MAX_RANGE) && *max_value)
|
|
{
|
|
/* The right bound is X <= NULL, i.e. it is a "X IS NULL" interval */
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.end= 0;
|
|
/*
|
|
It is something like select * from tbl where col IS NULL
|
|
and we have partition with NULL to catch it, so we do not need
|
|
DEFAULT partition
|
|
*/
|
|
part_iter->ret_default_part= part_iter->ret_default_part_orig= FALSE;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (flags & NO_MIN_RANGE)
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.start= part_iter->part_nums.cur= 0;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
Store the interval edge in the record buffer, and call the
|
|
function that maps the edge in table-field space to an edge
|
|
in ordered-set-of-partitions (for RANGE partitioning) or
|
|
index-in-ordered-array-of-list-constants (for LIST) space.
|
|
*/
|
|
store_key_image_to_rec(field, min_value, field_len);
|
|
bool include_endp= !MY_TEST(flags & NEAR_MIN);
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.start= get_endpoint(part_info, 1, include_endp);
|
|
if (!can_match_multiple_values && part_info->part_expr->null_value)
|
|
{
|
|
/* col = x and F(x) = NULL -> only search NULL partition */
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.cur= part_iter->part_nums.start= 0;
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.end= 0;
|
|
/*
|
|
if NULL partition exists:
|
|
for RANGE it is the first partition (always exists);
|
|
for LIST should be indicator that it is present
|
|
*/
|
|
if (part_info->part_type == RANGE_PARTITION ||
|
|
part_info->has_null_value)
|
|
{
|
|
part_iter->ret_null_part= part_iter->ret_null_part_orig= TRUE;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(1);
|
|
}
|
|
// If no NULL partition look up in DEFAULT or there is no such value
|
|
goto not_found;
|
|
}
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.cur= part_iter->part_nums.start;
|
|
if (check_zero_dates && !part_info->part_expr->null_value)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!(flags & NO_MAX_RANGE) &&
|
|
(field->type() == MYSQL_TYPE_DATE ||
|
|
field->type() == MYSQL_TYPE_DATETIME))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Monotonic, but return NULL for dates with zeros in month/day. */
|
|
zero_in_start_date= field->get_date(&start_date, 0);
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("zero start %u %04d-%02d-%02d",
|
|
zero_in_start_date, start_date.year,
|
|
start_date.month, start_date.day));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (part_iter->part_nums.start == max_endpoint_val)
|
|
goto not_found;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Find maximum, do the same as above but for right interval bound */
|
|
if (flags & NO_MAX_RANGE)
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.end= max_endpoint_val;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
store_key_image_to_rec(field, max_value, field_len);
|
|
bool include_endp= !MY_TEST(flags & NEAR_MAX);
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.end= get_endpoint(part_info, 0, include_endp);
|
|
if (check_zero_dates &&
|
|
!zero_in_start_date &&
|
|
!part_info->part_expr->null_value)
|
|
{
|
|
MYSQL_TIME end_date;
|
|
bool zero_in_end_date= field->get_date(&end_date, 0);
|
|
/*
|
|
This is an optimization for TO_DAYS()/TO_SECONDS() to avoid scanning
|
|
the NULL partition for ranges that cannot include a date with 0 as
|
|
month/day.
|
|
*/
|
|
DBUG_PRINT("info", ("zero end %u %04d-%02d-%02d",
|
|
zero_in_end_date,
|
|
end_date.year, end_date.month, end_date.day));
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(!memcmp(((Item_func*) part_info->part_expr)->func_name(),
|
|
"to_days", 7) ||
|
|
!memcmp(((Item_func*) part_info->part_expr)->func_name(),
|
|
"to_seconds", 10));
|
|
if (!zero_in_end_date &&
|
|
start_date.month == end_date.month &&
|
|
start_date.year == end_date.year)
|
|
part_iter->ret_null_part= part_iter->ret_null_part_orig= false;
|
|
}
|
|
if (part_iter->part_nums.start >= part_iter->part_nums.end &&
|
|
!part_iter->ret_null_part)
|
|
goto not_found;
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(1); /* Ok, iterator initialized */
|
|
|
|
not_found:
|
|
if (part_info->has_default_partititon())
|
|
{
|
|
part_iter->ret_default_part= part_iter->ret_default_part_orig= TRUE;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(1);
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(0); /* No partitions */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* See get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking for definition of what this is */
|
|
#define MAX_RANGE_TO_WALK 32
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Partitioning Interval Analysis: Initialize iterator to walk field interval
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking()
|
|
part_info Partition info
|
|
is_subpart TRUE - act for subpartitioning
|
|
FALSE - act for partitioning
|
|
min_value minimum field value, in opt_range key format.
|
|
max_value minimum field value, in opt_range key format.
|
|
flags Some combination of NEAR_MIN, NEAR_MAX, NO_MIN_RANGE,
|
|
NO_MAX_RANGE.
|
|
part_iter Iterator structure to be initialized
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
Initialize partition set iterator to walk over interval in integer field
|
|
space. That is, for "const1 <=? t.field <=? const2" interval, initialize
|
|
the iterator to return a set of [sub]partitions obtained with the
|
|
following procedure:
|
|
get partition id for t.field = const1, return it
|
|
get partition id for t.field = const1+1, return it
|
|
... t.field = const1+2, ...
|
|
... ... ...
|
|
... t.field = const2 ...
|
|
|
|
IMPLEMENTATION
|
|
See get_partitions_in_range_iter for general description of interval
|
|
analysis. We support walking over the following intervals:
|
|
"t.field IS NULL"
|
|
"c1 <=? t.field <=? c2", where c1 and c2 are finite.
|
|
Intervals with +inf/-inf, and [NULL, c1] interval can be processed but
|
|
that is more tricky and I don't have time to do it right now.
|
|
|
|
RETURN
|
|
0 - No matching partitions, iterator not initialized
|
|
1 - Some partitions would match, iterator intialized for traversing them
|
|
-1 - All partitions would match, iterator not initialized
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking(partition_info *part_info,
|
|
bool is_subpart,
|
|
uint32 *store_length_array, /* ignored */
|
|
uchar *min_value, uchar *max_value,
|
|
uint min_len, uint max_len, /* ignored */
|
|
uint flags,
|
|
PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter)
|
|
{
|
|
Field *field;
|
|
uint total_parts;
|
|
partition_iter_func get_next_func;
|
|
DBUG_ENTER("get_part_iter_for_interval_via_walking");
|
|
(void)store_length_array;
|
|
(void)min_len;
|
|
(void)max_len;
|
|
|
|
part_iter->ret_null_part= part_iter->ret_null_part_orig= FALSE;
|
|
part_iter->ret_default_part= part_iter->ret_default_part_orig= FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (is_subpart)
|
|
{
|
|
field= part_info->subpart_field_array[0];
|
|
total_parts= part_info->num_subparts;
|
|
get_next_func= get_next_subpartition_via_walking;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
field= part_info->part_field_array[0];
|
|
total_parts= part_info->num_parts;
|
|
get_next_func= get_next_partition_via_walking;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Handle the "t.field IS NULL" interval, it is a special case */
|
|
if (field->real_maybe_null() && !(flags & (NO_MIN_RANGE | NO_MAX_RANGE)) &&
|
|
*min_value && *max_value)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
We don't have a part_iter->get_next() function that would find which
|
|
partition "t.field IS NULL" belongs to, so find partition that contains
|
|
NULL right here, and return an iterator over singleton set.
|
|
*/
|
|
uint32 part_id;
|
|
field->set_null();
|
|
if (is_subpart)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!part_info->get_subpartition_id(part_info, &part_id))
|
|
{
|
|
init_single_partition_iterator(part_id, part_iter);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(1); /* Ok, iterator initialized */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
longlong dummy;
|
|
int res= part_info->is_sub_partitioned() ?
|
|
part_info->get_part_partition_id(part_info, &part_id,
|
|
&dummy):
|
|
part_info->get_partition_id(part_info, &part_id, &dummy);
|
|
if (!res)
|
|
{
|
|
init_single_partition_iterator(part_id, part_iter);
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(1); /* Ok, iterator initialized */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(0); /* No partitions match */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((field->real_maybe_null() &&
|
|
((!(flags & NO_MIN_RANGE) && *min_value) || // NULL <? X
|
|
(!(flags & NO_MAX_RANGE) && *max_value))) || // X <? NULL
|
|
(flags & (NO_MIN_RANGE | NO_MAX_RANGE))) // -inf at any bound
|
|
{
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(-1); /* Can't handle this interval, have to use all partitions */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Get integers for left and right interval bound */
|
|
longlong a, b;
|
|
uint len= field->pack_length_in_rec();
|
|
store_key_image_to_rec(field, min_value, len);
|
|
a= field->val_int();
|
|
|
|
store_key_image_to_rec(field, max_value, len);
|
|
b= field->val_int();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Handle a special case where the distance between interval bounds is
|
|
exactly 4G-1. This interval is too big for range walking, and if it is an
|
|
(x,y]-type interval then the following "b +=..." code will convert it to
|
|
an empty interval by "wrapping around" a + 4G-1 + 1 = a.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((ulonglong)b - (ulonglong)a == ~0ULL)
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(-1);
|
|
|
|
a+= MY_TEST(flags & NEAR_MIN);
|
|
b+= MY_TEST(!(flags & NEAR_MAX));
|
|
ulonglong n_values= b - a;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Will it pay off to enumerate all values in the [a..b] range and evaluate
|
|
the partitioning function for every value? It depends on
|
|
1. whether we'll be able to infer that some partitions are not used
|
|
2. if time savings from not scanning these partitions will be greater
|
|
than time spent in enumeration.
|
|
We will assume that the cost of accessing one extra partition is greater
|
|
than the cost of evaluating the partitioning function O(#partitions).
|
|
This means we should jump at any chance to eliminate a partition, which
|
|
gives us this logic:
|
|
|
|
Do the enumeration if
|
|
- the number of values to enumerate is comparable to the number of
|
|
partitions, or
|
|
- there are not many values to enumerate.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((n_values > 2*total_parts) && n_values > MAX_RANGE_TO_WALK)
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(-1);
|
|
|
|
part_iter->field_vals.start= part_iter->field_vals.cur= a;
|
|
part_iter->field_vals.end= b;
|
|
part_iter->part_info= part_info;
|
|
part_iter->get_next= get_next_func;
|
|
DBUG_RETURN(1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
PARTITION_ITERATOR::get_next implementation: enumerate partitions in range
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_next_partition_id_range()
|
|
part_iter Partition set iterator structure
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
This is implementation of PARTITION_ITERATOR::get_next() that returns
|
|
[sub]partition ids in [min_partition_id, max_partition_id] range.
|
|
The function conforms to partition_iter_func type.
|
|
|
|
RETURN
|
|
partition id
|
|
NOT_A_PARTITION_ID if there are no more partitions
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
uint32 get_next_partition_id_range(PARTITION_ITERATOR* part_iter)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_iter->part_nums.cur >= part_iter->part_nums.end)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_iter->ret_null_part)
|
|
{
|
|
part_iter->ret_null_part= FALSE;
|
|
return 0; /* NULL always in first range partition */
|
|
}
|
|
// we do not have default partition in RANGE partitioning
|
|
DBUG_ASSERT(!part_iter->ret_default_part);
|
|
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.cur= part_iter->part_nums.start;
|
|
part_iter->ret_null_part= part_iter->ret_null_part_orig;
|
|
return NOT_A_PARTITION_ID;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
return part_iter->part_nums.cur++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
PARTITION_ITERATOR::get_next implementation for LIST partitioning
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_next_partition_id_list()
|
|
part_iter Partition set iterator structure
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
This implementation of PARTITION_ITERATOR::get_next() is special for
|
|
LIST partitioning: it enumerates partition ids in
|
|
part_info->list_array[i] (list_col_array[i*cols] for COLUMNS LIST
|
|
partitioning) where i runs over [min_idx, max_idx] interval.
|
|
The function conforms to partition_iter_func type.
|
|
|
|
RETURN
|
|
partition id
|
|
NOT_A_PARTITION_ID if there are no more partitions
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
uint32 get_next_partition_id_list(PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_iter->part_nums.cur >= part_iter->part_nums.end)
|
|
{
|
|
if (part_iter->ret_null_part)
|
|
{
|
|
part_iter->ret_null_part= FALSE;
|
|
return part_iter->part_info->has_null_part_id;
|
|
}
|
|
if (part_iter->ret_default_part)
|
|
{
|
|
part_iter->ret_default_part= FALSE;
|
|
return part_iter->part_info->default_partition_id;
|
|
}
|
|
/* Reset partition for next read */
|
|
part_iter->part_nums.cur= part_iter->part_nums.start;
|
|
part_iter->ret_null_part= part_iter->ret_null_part_orig;
|
|
part_iter->ret_default_part= part_iter->ret_default_part_orig;
|
|
return NOT_A_PARTITION_ID;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
partition_info *part_info= part_iter->part_info;
|
|
uint32 num_part= part_iter->part_nums.cur++;
|
|
if (part_info->column_list)
|
|
{
|
|
uint num_columns= part_info->part_field_list.elements;
|
|
return part_info->list_col_array[num_part*num_columns].partition_id;
|
|
}
|
|
return part_info->list_array[num_part].partition_id;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
PARTITION_ITERATOR::get_next implementation: walk over field-space interval
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
get_next_partition_via_walking()
|
|
part_iter Partitioning iterator
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
This implementation of PARTITION_ITERATOR::get_next() returns ids of
|
|
partitions that contain records with partitioning field value within
|
|
[start_val, end_val] interval.
|
|
The function conforms to partition_iter_func type.
|
|
|
|
RETURN
|
|
partition id
|
|
NOT_A_PARTITION_ID if there are no more partitioning.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static uint32 get_next_partition_via_walking(PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32 part_id;
|
|
Field *field= part_iter->part_info->part_field_array[0];
|
|
while (part_iter->field_vals.cur != part_iter->field_vals.end)
|
|
{
|
|
longlong dummy;
|
|
field->store(part_iter->field_vals.cur++, field->flags & UNSIGNED_FLAG);
|
|
if ((part_iter->part_info->is_sub_partitioned() &&
|
|
!part_iter->part_info->get_part_partition_id(part_iter->part_info,
|
|
&part_id, &dummy)) ||
|
|
!part_iter->part_info->get_partition_id(part_iter->part_info,
|
|
&part_id, &dummy))
|
|
return part_id;
|
|
}
|
|
part_iter->field_vals.cur= part_iter->field_vals.start;
|
|
return NOT_A_PARTITION_ID;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Same as get_next_partition_via_walking, but for subpartitions */
|
|
|
|
static uint32 get_next_subpartition_via_walking(PARTITION_ITERATOR *part_iter)
|
|
{
|
|
Field *field= part_iter->part_info->subpart_field_array[0];
|
|
uint32 res;
|
|
if (part_iter->field_vals.cur == part_iter->field_vals.end)
|
|
{
|
|
part_iter->field_vals.cur= part_iter->field_vals.start;
|
|
return NOT_A_PARTITION_ID;
|
|
}
|
|
field->store(part_iter->field_vals.cur++, field->flags & UNSIGNED_FLAG);
|
|
if (part_iter->part_info->get_subpartition_id(part_iter->part_info,
|
|
&res))
|
|
return NOT_A_PARTITION_ID;
|
|
return res;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Create partition names
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
create_partition_name()
|
|
out:out Created partition name string
|
|
in1 First part
|
|
in2 Second part
|
|
name_variant Normal, temporary or renamed partition name
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
NONE
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
This method is used to calculate the partition name, service routine to
|
|
the del_ren_cre_table method.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void create_partition_name(char *out, const char *in1,
|
|
const char *in2, uint name_variant,
|
|
bool translate)
|
|
{
|
|
char transl_part_name[FN_REFLEN];
|
|
const char *transl_part;
|
|
|
|
if (translate)
|
|
{
|
|
tablename_to_filename(in2, transl_part_name, FN_REFLEN);
|
|
transl_part= transl_part_name;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
transl_part= in2;
|
|
if (name_variant == NORMAL_PART_NAME)
|
|
strxmov(out, in1, "#P#", transl_part, NullS);
|
|
else if (name_variant == TEMP_PART_NAME)
|
|
strxmov(out, in1, "#P#", transl_part, "#TMP#", NullS);
|
|
else if (name_variant == RENAMED_PART_NAME)
|
|
strxmov(out, in1, "#P#", transl_part, "#REN#", NullS);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
Create subpartition name
|
|
|
|
SYNOPSIS
|
|
create_subpartition_name()
|
|
out:out Created partition name string
|
|
in1 First part
|
|
in2 Second part
|
|
in3 Third part
|
|
name_variant Normal, temporary or renamed partition name
|
|
|
|
RETURN VALUE
|
|
NONE
|
|
|
|
DESCRIPTION
|
|
This method is used to calculate the subpartition name, service routine to
|
|
the del_ren_cre_table method.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void create_subpartition_name(char *out, const char *in1,
|
|
const char *in2, const char *in3,
|
|
uint name_variant)
|
|
{
|
|
char transl_part_name[FN_REFLEN], transl_subpart_name[FN_REFLEN];
|
|
|
|
tablename_to_filename(in2, transl_part_name, FN_REFLEN);
|
|
tablename_to_filename(in3, transl_subpart_name, FN_REFLEN);
|
|
if (name_variant == NORMAL_PART_NAME)
|
|
strxmov(out, in1, "#P#", transl_part_name,
|
|
"#SP#", transl_subpart_name, NullS);
|
|
else if (name_variant == TEMP_PART_NAME)
|
|
strxmov(out, in1, "#P#", transl_part_name,
|
|
"#SP#", transl_subpart_name, "#TMP#", NullS);
|
|
else if (name_variant == RENAMED_PART_NAME)
|
|
strxmov(out, in1, "#P#", transl_part_name,
|
|
"#SP#", transl_subpart_name, "#REN#", NullS);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint get_partition_field_store_length(Field *field)
|
|
{
|
|
uint store_length;
|
|
|
|
store_length= field->key_length();
|
|
if (field->real_maybe_null())
|
|
store_length+= HA_KEY_NULL_LENGTH;
|
|
if (field->real_type() == MYSQL_TYPE_VARCHAR)
|
|
store_length+= HA_KEY_BLOB_LENGTH;
|
|
return store_length;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|